EX-10.1



 





Exhibit 10.1




INDENTURE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT




Dated as of May 23, 2007




by and among




SIERRA TIMESHARE 2007-1 RECEIVABLES FUNDING, LLC,




as Issuer




and




WYNDHAM CONSUMER FINANCE, INC.,




as Servicer




and




U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,




as Trustee and as Collateral Agent




 









 





TABLE OF CONTENTS






	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Page
	 
	 	 	 	ARTICLE I	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	DEFINITIONS	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 1.1
	 	 	 	Definitions	 	 	3	 
	Section 1.2
	 	 	 	Other Definitional Provisions	 	 	29	 
	Section 1.3
	 	 	 	Intent and Interpretation of Documents	 	 	30	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	ARTICLE II	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	THE NOTES	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 2.1
	 	 	 	Designation	 	 	31	 
	Section 2.2
	 	 	 	Form Generally	 	 	31	 
	Section 2.3
	 	 	 	[Reserved]	 	 	31	 
	Section 2.4
	 	 	 	Determination of LIBOR	 	 	31	 
	Section 2.5
	 	 	 	Execution, Authentication and Delivery	 	 	32	 
	Section 2.6
	 	 	 	Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange; Transfer Restrictions	 	 	32	 
	Section 2.7
	 	 	 	Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes	 	 	40	 
	Section 2.8
	 	 	 	Persons Deemed Owner	 	 	41	 
	Section 2.9
	 	 	 	Payment of Principal and Interest; Defaulted Interest	 	 	42	 
	Section 2.10
	 	 	 	Cancellation	 	 	43	 
	Section 2.11
	 	 	 	Global Notes	 	 	43	 
	Section 2.12
	 	 	 	Regulation S Global Notes	 	 	44	 
	Section 2.13
	 	 	 	Special Transfer Provisions	 	 	46	 
	Section 2.14
	 	 	 	Notices to Clearing Agency	 	 	48	 
	Section 2.15
	 	 	 	Definitive Notes	 	 	48	 
	Section 2.16
	 	 	 	Payments on the Notes	 	 	48	 
	Section 2.17
	 	 	 	Additional Requirements for Transfer of the Class B Notes	 	 	50	 
	Section 2.18
	 	 	 	Clean-Up Call	 	 	50	 
	Section 2.19
	 	 	 	Authentication Agent	 	 	51	 
	Section 2.20
	 	 	 	Appointment of Paying Agent	 	 	52	 
	Section 2.21
	 	 	 	Confidentiality	 	 	52	 
	Section 2.22
	 	 	 	144A Information	 	 	53	 






i









 





TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)




	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Page
	 
	 	 	 	ARTICLE III	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	PAYMENTS, SECURITY AND ALLOCATIONS	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 3.1
	 	 	 	Priority of Payments, Sequential Order	 	 	53	 
	Section 3.2
	 	 	 	Information Provided to Trustee	 	 	56	 
	Section 3.3
	 	 	 	Payments	 	 	56	 
	Section 3.4
	 	 	 	Collection Account	 	 	56	 
	Section 3.5
	 	 	 	Reserve Account	 	 	57	 
	Section 3.6
	 	 	 	Interest Rate Swap	 	 	59	 
	Section 3.7
	 	 	 	Custody of Permitted Investments and other Collateral	 	 	60	 
	Section 3.8
	 	 	 	The Policy	 	 	60	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	ARTICLE IV	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ISSUER	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 4.1
	 	 	 	Representations and Warranties Regarding the Issuer	 	 	62	 
	Section 4.2
	 	 	 	Representations and Warranties Regarding the Loan Files	 	 	65	 
	Section 4.3
	 	 	 	Rights of Obligors and Release of Loan Files	 	 	66	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	ARTICLE V	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ISSUER; ASSIGNMENT OF	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 5.1
	 	 	 	Representations and Warranties of the Issuer	 	 	67	 
	Section 5.2
	 	 	 	Eligible Loans	 	 	67	 
	Section 5.3
	 	 	 	Assignment of Representations and Warranties and Rights Under the Performance Guaranty	 	 	70	 
	Section 5.4
	 	 	 	Release of Defective Loans	 	 	71	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	ARTICLE VI	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	ADDITIONAL COVENANTS OF ISSUER	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 6.1
	 	 	 	Affirmative Covenants	 	 	72	 
	Section 6.2
	 	 	 	Negative Covenants of the Issuer	 	 	80	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	ARTICLE VII	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	SERVICING OF PLEDGED LOANS	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 7.1
	 	 	 	Responsibility for Loan Administration	 	 	82	 
	Section 7.2
	 	 	 	Standard of Care	 	 	82	 
	Section 7.3
	 	 	 	Records	 	 	82	 






ii









 






TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)





	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Page
	Section 7.4
	 	 	 	Loan Schedule	 	 	82	 
	Section 7.5
	 	 	 	Enforcement	 	 	83	 
	Section 7.6
	 	 	 	Trustee and Collateral Agent to Cooperate	 	 	84	 
	Section 7.7
	 	 	 	Other Matters Relating to the Servicer	 	 	84	 
	Section 7.8
	 	 	 	Servicing Compensation	 	 	84	 
	Section 7.9
	 	 	 	Costs and Expenses	 	 	84	 
	Section 7.10
	 	 	 	Representations and Warranties of the Servicer	 	 	85	 
	Section 7.11
	 	 	 	Additional Covenants of the Servicer	 	 	86	 
	Section 7.12
	 	 	 	Servicer not to Resign	 	 	89	 
	Section 7.13
	 	 	 	Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of Servicer	 	 	89	 
	Section 7.14
	 	 	 	Examination of Records	 	 	89	 
	Section 7.15
	 	 	 	Delegation of Duties	 	 	90	 
	Section 7.16
	 	 	 	Servicer Advances	 	 	90	 
	Section 7.17
	 	 	 	Delivery of Monthly Files	 	 	90	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	ARTICLE VIII	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	REPORTS	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 8.1
	 	 	 	Monthly Servicing Report	 	 	90	 
	Section 8.2
	 	 	 	Other Data	 	 	91	 
	Section 8.3
	 	 	 	Annual Servicer’s Certificate	 	 	91	 
	Section 8.4
	 	 	 	Notices to WCF	 	 	91	 
	Section 8.5
	 	 	 	Tax Reporting	 	 	91	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	ARTICLE IX	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	LOCKBOX ACCOUNTS	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 9.1
	 	 	 	Lockbox Accounts	 	 	91	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	ARTICLE X	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	INDEMNITIES	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 10.1
	 	 	 	Liabilities to Obligors	 	 	92	 
	Section 10.2
	 	 	 	Tax Indemnification	 	 	92	 
	Section 10.3
	 	 	 	Servicer’s Indemnities	 	 	92	 
	Section 10.4
	 	 	 	Operation of Indemnities	 	 	92	 






iii









 






TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)






	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Page
	 
	 	 	 	ARTICLE XI	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	EVENTS OF DEFAULT	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 11.1
	 	 	 	Events of Default	 	 	93	 
	Section 11.2
	 	 	 	Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment	 	 	96	 
	Section 11.3
	 	 	 	Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee	 	 	97	 
	Section 11.4
	 	 	 	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	 	 	98	 
	Section 11.5
	 	 	 	Remedies	 	 	98	 
	Section 11.6
	 	 	 	Optional Preservation of Collateral	 	 	101	 
	Section 11.7
	 	 	 	Application of Monies Collected During Event of Default	 	 	101	 
	Section 11.8
	 	 	 	Limitation on Suits by Individual Noteholders	 	 	103	 
	Section 11.9
	 	 	 	Unconditional Rights of Noteholders to Receive Principal and Interest	 	 	103	 
	Section 11.10
	 	 	 	Restoration of Rights and Remedies	 	 	103	 
	Section 11.11
	 	 	 	Waiver of Event of Default	 	 	103	 
	Section 11.12
	 	 	 	Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws	 	 	104	 
	Section 11.13
	 	 	 	Sale of Collateral	 	 	104	 
	Section 11.14
	 	 	 	Action on Notes	 	 	104	 
	Section 11.15
	 	 	 	Control by the Insurer or the Noteholders	 	 	104	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	ARTICLE XII	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	SERVICER DEFAULTS	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 12.1
	 	 	 	Servicer Defaults	 	 	105	 
	Section 12.2
	 	 	 	Appointment of Successor	 	 	107	 
	Section 12.3
	 	 	 	Notification to Noteholders	 	 	108	 
	Section 12.4
	 	 	 	Waiver of Past Defaults	 	 	108	 
	Section 12.5
	 	 	 	Termination of Servicer’s Authority	 	 	108	 
	Section 12.6
	 	 	 	Matters Related to Successor Servicer	 	 	108	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	ARTICLE XIII	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	THE TRUSTEE; THE COLLATERAL AGENT; THE CUSTODIAN	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 13.1
	 	 	 	Duties of Trustee	 	 	109	 
	Section 13.2
	 	 	 	Certain Matters Affecting the Trustee	 	 	111	 
	Section 13.3
	 	 	 	Trustee Not Liable for Recitals in Notes or Use of Proceeds of Notes	 	 	113	 






iv









 






TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)






	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Page
	Section 13.4
	 	 	 	Trustee May Own Notes; Trustee in its Individual Capacity	 	 	113	 
	Section 13.5
	 	 	 	Trustee's Fees and Expenses; Indemnification	 	 	113	 
	Section 13.6
	 	 	 	Eligibility Requirements for Trustee	 	 	114	 
	Section 13.7
	 	 	 	Resignation or Removal of Trustee	 	 	114	 
	Section 13.8
	 	 	 	Successor Trustee	 	 	115	 
	Section 13.9
	 	 	 	Merger or Consolidation of Trustee	 	 	116	 
	Section 13.10
	 	 	 	Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee	 	 	116	 
	Section 13.11
	 	 	 	Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes	 	 	117	 
	Section 13.12
	 	 	 	Suits for Enforcement	 	 	117	 
	Section 13.13
	 	 	 	Rights of the Insurer or the Noteholders to Direct the Trustee	 	 	118	 
	Section 13.14
	 	 	 	Representations and Warranties of the Trustee	 	 	118	 
	Section 13.15
	 	 	 	Maintenance of Office or Agency	 	 	118	 
	Section 13.16
	 	 	 	No Assessment	 	 	118	 
	Section 13.17
	 	 	 	UCC Filings and Title Certificates	 	 	118	 
	Section 13.18
	 	 	 	Replacement of the Custodian	 	 	119	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	ARTICLE XIV	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	TERMINATION	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 14.1
	 	 	 	Termination of Agreement	 	 	119	 
	Section 14.2
	 	 	 	Final Payment	 	 	119	 
	Section 14.3
	 	 	 	[Reserved]	 	 	120	 
	Section 14.4
	 	 	 	Release of Collateral	 	 	120	 
	Section 14.5
	 	 	 	Release of Defaulted Loans	 	 	120	 
	Section 14.6
	 	 	 	Release Upon Payment in Full	 	 	122	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	ARTICLE XV	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Section 15.1
	 	 	 	Amendment	 	 	122	 
	Section 15.2
	 	 	 	Discretion with Respect to Derivative Financial Instruments	 	 	125	 
	Section 15.3
	 	 	 	Limitation on Rights of the Noteholders	 	 	125	 
	Section 15.4
	 	 	 	Governing Law	 	 	126	 
	Section 15.5
	 	 	 	Waiver of Jury Trial	 	 	126	 






v









 






TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)






	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Page
	Section 15.6
	 	 	 	Notices	 	 	126	 
	Section 15.7
	 	 	 	Severability of Provisions	 	 	129	 
	Section 15.8
	 	 	 	Assignment	 	 	129	 
	Section 15.9
	 	 	 	Notes Non-assessable and Fully Paid	 	 	129	 
	Section 15.10
	 	 	 	Further Assurances	 	 	129	 
	Section 15.11
	 	 	 	No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies	 	 	129	 
	Section 15.12
	 	 	 	Counterparts	 	 	129	 
	Section 15.13
	 	 	 	Third-Party Beneficiaries	 	 	129	 
	Section 15.14
	 	 	 	Actions by the Noteholders	 	 	129	 
	Section 15.15
	 	 	 	Merger and Integration	 	 	130	 
	Section 15.16
	 	 	 	No Bankruptcy Petition	 	 	130	 
	Section 15.17
	 	 	 	Headings	 	 	130	 







vi









 











INDENTURE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT




     THIS INDENTURE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT dated as of May 23, 2007 is by and among SIERRA
TIMESHARE 2007-1 RECEIVABLES FUNDING, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of
the State of Delaware, as issuer, WYNDHAM CONSUMER FINANCE, INC., a Delaware corporation, as
Servicer, U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee and as
collateral agent. This Indenture may be supplemented and amended from time to time in accordance
with Article XV hereof.



RECITALS




     The Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the
issuance of its loan backed notes as provided herein.



     All covenants and agreements made by the Issuer herein are for the benefit and security of the
Trustee, acting on behalf of the Noteholders, the Insurer and the Swap Counterparty.



     The Issuer is entering into this Indenture, and the Trustee is accepting the trusts created
hereby, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged. All things necessary have been done to make the Notes, when executed by the Issuer
and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee as provided herein, the valid obligations of the
Issuer and to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Issuer, enforceable in accordance with
its terms.



     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, each party agrees
as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the benefit of the Noteholders, the Insurer
and the Swap Counterparty.



GRANTING CLAUSES




     The Issuer hereby Grants to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit and security of the Trustee,
acting on behalf of the Noteholders, the Insurer and the Swap Counterparty, all of the Issuer’s
right, title and interest, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in, to and under the following:




	 	(a)	 	all Pledged Loans and all Collections, together with all other
Pledged Assets;
	 
	 	(b)	 	the Collection Account and all money, investment property,
instruments and other property credited to, carried in or deposited in the
Collection Account;
	 
	 	(c)	 	all money, investment property, instruments and other property
credited to, carried in or deposited in a Lockbox Account or any other bank or
similar account into which Collections are deposited, to the extent such




 









 






	 	 	 	money, investment property, instruments and other property constitutes
Collections;
	 
	 	(d)	 	the Reserve Account and all money, investment property,
instruments and other property credited to, carried in or deposited in the
Reserve Account;
	 
	 	(e)	 	the Interest Rate Swap;
	 
	 	(f)	 	all rights, remedies, powers, privileges and claims of the
Issuer under or with respect to the Term Purchase Agreement, the Sale and
Assignment Agreement and the Master Loan Purchase Agreements, including,
without limitation, all rights of the Issuer to enforce all payment obligations
of the Depositor, Sierra 2002 and each Seller and all rights to collect all
monies due and to become due to the Issuer from the Depositor, Sierra 2002 or
any Seller under or in connection with the Term Purchase Agreement, the Sale
and Assignment Agreement or the Master Loan Purchase Agreements (including
without limitation all interest and finance charges for late payments and
proceeds of any liquidation or sale of Pledged Loans or resale of Vacation
Ownership Interests or Vacation Credits and all other Collections on the
Pledged Loans) and all other rights of the Issuer to enforce the Term Purchase
Agreement, the Sale and Assignment Agreement and the Master Loan Purchase
Agreements;
	 
	 	(g)	 	all Assigned Rights with respect to the Pledged Loans and the
Pledged Assets including, without limitation, all rights to enforce payment
obligations of the Depositor, Sierra 2002 and each Seller and all rights to
collect all monies due and to become due to the Issuer from the Depositor,
Sierra 2002 or any Seller under or in connection with the Pledged Loans
(including without limitation all interest and finance charges for late
payments accrued thereon and proceeds of any liquidation or sale of Pledged
Loans or resale of Vacation Ownership Interests or Vacation Credits and all
other Collections on the Pledged Loans);
	 
	 	(h)	 	all certificates and instruments, if any, from time to time
representing or evidencing any of the foregoing property described in clauses
(a) through (g) above;
	 
	 	(i)	 	all present and future claims, demands, causes of and choses in
action in respect of any of the foregoing and all interest, principal, payments
and distributions of any nature or type on any of the foregoing;
	 
	 	(j)	 	all accounts, chattel paper, deposit accounts, documents,
general intangibles, goods, instruments, investment property, letter-of-credit
rights, letters of credit, money, and oil, gas and other minerals, consisting
of, arising from, or relating to, any of the foregoing;
	 
	 	(k)	 	all proceeds of the foregoing property described in clauses (a)
through (j) above, any security therefor, and all interest, dividends, cash,
instruments,




2









 






	 	 	 	financial assets and other investment property and other property from time
to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of, or in
exchange for or on account of the sale, condemnation or other disposition
of, any or all of the then existing Collateral, and including all payments
under insurance policies (whether or not a Seller or an Originator, the
Depositor, Sierra 2002, the Issuer, the Collateral Agent or the Trustee is
the loss payee thereof) or any indemnity, warranty or guaranty payable by
reason of loss or damage to or otherwise with respect to any of the
Collateral; and
	 
	 	(l)	 	all proceeds of the foregoing.




The property described in the preceding sentence is collectively referred to as the
“Collateral.” The Grant of the Collateral to the Collateral Agent is for the benefit of
the Trustee to secure the Notes equally and ratably without prejudice, priority or distinction
among any Notes by reason of difference in time of issuance or otherwise, except as otherwise
expressly provided in this Indenture and to secure (i) the payment of all amounts due on the Notes
in accordance with their respective terms, (ii) the payment of all other sums payable by the Issuer
under this Indenture, the Notes and the Insurance Agreement and (iii) compliance by the Issuer
with the provisions of this Indenture, the Notes, and the Insurance Agreement. This Indenture is a
security agreement within the meaning of the UCC.




     The Collateral Agent and the Trustee acknowledge the Grant of the Collateral, and the
Collateral Agent accepts the Collateral in trust hereunder in accordance with the provisions hereof
and agrees to perform the duties herein to the end that the interests of the Noteholders and the
Insurer may be adequately and effectively protected.



     The Trustee and the Collateral Agent each acknowledges that it has entered into the Collateral
Agency Agreement pursuant to which the Collateral Agent acts as agent for the benefit of the
Trustee for the purpose of maintaining a security interest in the Collateral. The Trustee and the
Noteholders are bound by the terms of the Collateral Agency Agreement by the Trustee’s execution
thereof on their behalf.



ARTICLE I




DEFINITIONS




     Section 1.1 Definitions



     Whenever used in this Indenture, the following words and phrases shall have the following
meanings:



     “Account” shall mean the Collection Account or the Reserve Account, and
“Accounts” shall mean the Collection Account and the Reserve Account.



     “Accrued Interest” shall mean, with respect to each Class of Notes, an amount equal to
the sum of (i) the interest accrued during the related Interest Accrual Period at the applicable
Note Interest Rate on the Principal Amount of such Class of Notes as of the immediately



3









 







preceding Payment Date (or, in the case of the initial Payment Date, the Principal Amount as
of the Closing Date) and (ii) any amounts payable pursuant to clause (i) above for such Class of
Notes from all prior Payment Dates remaining unpaid, if any, plus, to the extent permitted by law,
interest thereon for each Interest Accrual Period for such Class of Notes at the applicable Note
Interest Rate.



     “Administrative Services Agreement” shall mean either the Administrative Services
Agreement dated as of August 29, 2002 by and between the Depositor and the Administrator or the
Administrative Services Agreement dated as of May 16, 2007 by and between the Issuer and the
Administrator, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in
accordance with the terms of the respective agreements.



     “Administrator” shall mean, with respect to the Administrative Services Agreements,
WCF, as administrator with respect to the Depositor and the Issuer, respectively, or any other
entity which becomes the Administrator under the terms of the applicable Administrative Services
Agreement.



     “Affiliate” shall mean, when used with respect to any Person, any other Person
directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person, and
“control” means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or
indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and
“controlling” and “controlled” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing.



     “Aggregate Default Rate” shall mean as of any Determination Date, a percentage
obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the outstanding principal balance of each Pledged Loan (each
such principal balance determined as of the day immediately preceding the date on which such
Pledged Loan became a Defaulted Loan) that became a Defaulted Loan during the period commencing
with the Cut-Off Date and ending at the end of the prior Due Period by (ii) the Aggregate Loan
Balance as of the Cut-Off Date.



     “Aggregate Loan Balance” shall mean, as of any time, the sum of the outstanding
principal balances due under or in respect of all Pledged Loans, excluding Defaulted Loans.



     “Aggregate Principal Amount” shall mean the sum of the Principal Amounts for all
Classes of Notes.



     “Agreement” shall mean this Indenture and Servicing Agreement as the same may be
amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its
terms.



     “Assigned Rights” shall mean all rights of the Depositor with respect to the Pledged
Loans and related Transferred Assets including, but not limited to, the right to sell Defective
Loans to the Sellers or to cause the Sellers to purchase Defective Loans from the Issuer; provided,
however, that the Assigned Rights do not include any rights in, to or under the 2002 Performance
Guaranty.



     “Assignment of Mortgage” shall mean any assignment (including any collateral
assignment) of any Mortgage.



4









 





     “Authentication Agent” shall mean a Person designated by the Trustee to authenticate
Notes on behalf of the Trustee.



     “Authorized Officer” shall mean, with respect to the Issuer, any officer who is
authorized to act for the Issuer in matters relating to the Issuer, and with respect to the
Trustee, a Responsible Officer. Each party may receive and accept a certification of the authority
of any other party as conclusive evidence of the authority of any person to act, and such
certification may be considered as in full force and effect until receipt by such other party of
written notice to the contrary.



     “Available Funds” for any Payment Date shall mean an amount equal to the sum of (i)
all payments (including prepayments—which include prepayments related to Timeshare Upgrades) of
principal, interest and fees (which, for the sake of clarity, excludes maintenance fees assessed
with respect to POAs) collected from or on behalf of the Obligors during the related Due Period on
the Pledged Loans; (ii) any Servicer Advances made on or prior to the Payment Date with respect to
payments due from the Obligors on the Pledged Loans during the related Due Period; (iii) all
amounts received during the related Due Period as the Release Price paid to the Trustee for the
release from the Lien of this Indenture securing the Notes of any Pledged Loan that has become a
Defaulted Loan; (iv) all Net Liquidation Proceeds from the disposition of Pledged Assets securing
Defaulted Loans received during the related Due Period; (v) the amounts received during the related
Due Period by the Trustee as the Release Price in connection with the release of a Defective Loan;
(vi) all other proceeds of the Collateral received by the Trustee or the Servicer during the
related Due Period; (vii) the amount in excess of the Reserve Required Amount, if any, withdrawn
from the Reserve Account in accordance with subsection 3.5(c) of this Indenture and deposited in
the Collection Account on such Payment Date; and (viii) all amounts received by the Issuer under
the Interest Rate Swap in connection with such Payment Date.



     “Bankruptcy Code” shall mean the United States Bankruptcy Code, Title 11 of the United
States Code, as amended.



     “Bankruptcy Trustee” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the Insurance
Policy.



     “Benefit Plan” shall mean any “employee pension benefit plan” as defined in ERISA
which is subject to Title IV of ERISA (other than a “multiemployer plan,” as defined in Section
4001 of ERISA) and to which the Issuer, any eligible Seller or any ERISA Affiliate of the Issuer
has liability, including any liability by reason of having been a substantial employer within the
meaning of Section 4063 of ERISA for any time within the preceding five years or by reason of being
deemed to be a contributing sponsor under Section 4069 of ERISA.



     “Business Day” shall mean any day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday or (ii) a day on
which banking institutions in New York, New York, Las Vegas, Nevada, or the city in which the
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is located are authorized or obligated by law or executive
order to be closed.



5









 





     “Calculation Date” shall mean the close of business on the last Business Day of the
related Due Period.



     “Cash Accumulation Event” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:



          (i) on any Determination Date, the average of the Delinquency Ratios for the three immediately
preceding Due Periods is greater than 5.0%;




          (ii) on any Determination Date, the average of the Default Percentages for the four
immediately preceding Due Periods is greater than the applicable Default Percentage Threshold; or




          (iii) on any Determination Date, the Aggregate Default Rate is greater than 23%.



A Cash Accumulation Event described in clause (i) above shall continue until the average of the
Delinquency Ratios for the three immediately preceding Due Periods is equal to or less than 5.0%
for three consecutive Determination Dates. A Cash Accumulation Event described in clause (ii)
above shall continue until the average of the Default Percentages for the four immediately
preceding Due Periods is equal to or less than the applicable Default Percentage Threshold for
three consecutive Determination Dates. A Cash Accumulation Event described in clause (iii) above
will continue until the Notes have been paid in full.




     “Certificate of Authentication” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.



     “Class” shall mean the Class A-1 Notes or the Class A-2 Notes or the Class B Notes.



     “Class A Notes” shall mean Class A-1 Notes and Class A-2 Notes.



     “Class A Noteholder” shall mean the Person in whose name a Class A Note is registered
in the Note Register.



     “Class A-1 Notes” shall mean any of the $125,000,000 5.27% Vacation Timeshare Loan
Backed Notes, Series 2007-1, Class A-1, due 2019.



     “Class A-2 Notes” shall mean any of the $475,000,000 Floating Rate Vacation Timeshare
Loan Backed Notes, Series 2007-1, Class A-2, due 2019.



     “Class B Note” shall mean any of the $18,645,000 7.49% Vacation Timeshare Loan Backed
Notes, Series 2007-1, Class B dues 2019.



     “Class B Noteholder” shall mean the Person in whose name a Class B Note is registered
in the Note Register.



     “Class Percentages” shall mean for each Class, at any time, the percentage equivalent
of a fraction the numerator of which is the Principal Amount of such Class and the denominator of
which is the Aggregate Principal Amount of all Classes.



6









 





     “Clearing Agency” shall mean an organization registered as a “clearing agency”
pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act.



     “Clearing Agency Custodian” shall mean the entity maintaining possession of the Global
Notes for the Clearing Agency.



     “Clearing Agency Participant” means a broker, dealer, bank, other financial
institution or other Person for whom from time to time a Clearing Agency effects book-entry
transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the Clearing Agency.



     “Clearstream” shall mean Clearstream, Luxembourg, société anonyme, a professional
depository incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg, and its successors.



     “Closing Date” shall mean May 23, 2007.



     “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.



     “Collateral” shall have the meaning specified in the Granting Clause of this
Indenture.



     “Collateral Agency Agreement” shall mean the Collateral Agency Agreement dated as of
January 15, 1998 by and between Fleet National Bank as predecessor Collateral Agent, Fleet
Securities, Inc. as deal agent and the secured parties named therein, as subsequently amended,
including as amended by the Twelfth Amendment to the Collateral Agency Agreement dated as of May
23, 2007 and all prior amendments, by and among the Collateral Agent, the Trustee and other secured
parties, as such Collateral Agency Agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified
from time to time in accordance with its terms.



     “Collateral Agent” shall mean U.S. Bank National Association in its capacity as
collateral agent under this Indenture and the Collateral Agency Agreement or any successor
collateral agent appointed under the Collateral Agency Agreement.



     “Collection Account” shall mean the account described in Section 3.4 hereof and
established for the deposit of Collections and other amounts as provided in this Indenture.



     “Collections” shall mean, with respect to any Pledged Loan, all funds, collections and
other proceeds of such Pledged Loan paid by or on behalf of the Obligor after the Cut-Off Date,
including without limitation (i) all Scheduled Payments or recoveries (subject to Section 7.5(g))
made in the form of money, checks and like items to, or a wire transfer or an automated
clearinghouse transfer received in, any of the Lockbox Accounts or received by the Issuer or the
Servicer in respect of such Pledged Loan, (ii) all amounts received by the Issuer, the Servicer or
the Trustee in respect of any Insurance Proceeds relating to such Pledged Loan or the related
Vacation Ownership Interest and (iii) all amounts received by the Issuer, the Servicer or the
Trustee in respect of any proceeds of a condemnation of property in any Resort, which proceeds
relate to such Pledged Loan or the related Vacation Ownership Interest.



     “Control Party” shall mean, (a) unless an Insurer Default has occurred and is
continuing, the Insurer and (b) during the continuation of an Insurer Default, Noteholders
representing



7









 




66 2/3% of the Aggregate Principal Amount of the Class A Notes plus Noteholders representing 66
2/3% of the Aggregate Principal Amount of the Class B Notes.




     “Corporate Trust Office” shall mean the office of the Trustee at which at any
particular time its corporate trust business is administered, which office at the date of the
execution of this Indenture is located at 100 Wall Street, 16th Floor, New York, New
York 10005, Attention: Structured Finance — Sierra 2007-1.



     “Credit Card Account” shall mean an arrangement whereby an Obligor makes Scheduled
Payments under a Loan via pre-authorized debit to a Major Credit Card.



     “Credit Standards and Collection Policies” shall mean the individual credit standards
established by WVRI and WRDC and the collection policies established by WCF, attached hereto as
Exhibit H and as amended from time to time in accordance with the restrictions of this Indenture,
and with respect to any Successor Servicer, the collection policies of such Person for loans
similar to the Pledged Loans.



     “Custodial Agreement” shall mean the Eighth Amended and Restated Custodial Agreement
dated as of May 23, 2007 by and among the Issuer, Sierra 2002, Sierra 2003-1, Sierra 2003-2, the
Depositor, WCF, WRDC, U.S. Bank National Association, as Custodian, the Trustee and the Collateral
Agent, the Sierra 2002 Trustee, the Sierra 2003-1 Trustee, the Sierra 2003-2 Trustee, the Sierra
2004-1 Trustee, the Sierra 2005-1 Trustee, the Sierra 2006-1 Trustee and the Premium 2007-A Trustee
as the same may be further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time hereafter
in accordance with its terms.



     “Custodian” shall mean, at any time, the custodian under the Custodial Agreement.



     “Customary Practices” shall, with respect to the servicing and administration of any
Pledged Loans, have the meaning assigned to that term in the Purchase Agreement under which such
Loan was transferred from the Seller to the Depositor.



     “Cut-Off Date” shall mean, with respect to the Pledged Loans, the close of business on
March 31, 2007.



     “Debt” of any Person shall mean (a) indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money,
(b) obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments,
(c) obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, (d)
obligations of such Person as lessee under leases which have been or should be, in accordance with
GAAP, recorded as capital leases, (e) obligations secured by any lien, security interest or other
charge upon property or assets owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or
become liable for the payment of such obligations, (f) obligations of such Person under direct or
indirect guaranties in respect of, and obligations (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or
otherwise acquire, or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss in respect of, indebtedness or
obligations of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (a) through (e) above, and (g)
liabilities of such Person in respect of unfunded vested benefits under Benefit Plans covered by
Title IV of ERISA.



8









 





     “Debtor Relief Laws” shall mean the Bankruptcy Code and all other applicable
liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, moratorium, arrangement, receivership, insolvency,
reorganization, suspension of payments, or similar debtor relief laws from time to time in effect
affecting the rights of creditors generally.



     “Defaulted Loan” shall mean any Pledged Loan (a) for which any portion of a Scheduled
Payment is delinquent more than 119 days, (b) with respect to which the Servicer shall have
determined in good faith that the related Obligor will not resume making Scheduled Payments, (c)
for which the related Obligor shall have become the subject of a proceeding under a Debtor Relief
Law or (d) for which cancellation or foreclosure actions have been commenced.



     “Default Percentage” shall mean, for any Due Period, the percentage equivalent of a
fraction the numerator of which is the sum of the outstanding principal balance of each Pledged
Loan (each such principal balance determined as of the day immediately preceding the date on which
such Pledged Loan became a Defaulted Loan) that became a Defaulted Loan during such Due Period, and
the denominator of which is the Aggregate Loan Balance as of the last day of such Due Period.



     “Default Percentage Threshold” shall mean, for any Determination Date, 1.00%.



     “Defective Loan” shall mean any Pledged Loan with an uncured material breach (with all
breaches that give rise to actual rescission being deemed material on a Pledged Loan by Pledged
Loan basis) of any representation or warranty of the Issuer set forth in Section 5.2 of this
Indenture.



     “Deficiency Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(b).



     “Definitive Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.11.



     “Delinquency Ratio” shall mean, for any Due Period, a fraction the numerator of which
is the sum of the outstanding principal balance of each Pledged Loan (each such principal balance
determined as of the last day of such Due Period) which is a Delinquent Loan as of the last day of
such Due Period and the denominator of which is the Aggregate Loan Balance as of the last day of
such Due Period.



     “Delinquent Loan” shall mean a Pledged Loan for which all or a portion of the
Scheduled Payments are more than 60 days delinquent, other than a Pledged Loan that is a Defaulted
Loan.



     “Depositor” shall mean Sierra Deposit Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company.



     “Depository Agreement” shall mean the agreement among the Issuer, the Trustee and The
Depository Trust Company.



     “Determination Date” shall mean, with respect to any Payment Date, the fifth Business
Day preceding such Payment Date.



9









 





     “Distribution Compliance Period” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 902 of
Regulation S under the Securities Act.



     “Due Period” shall mean, for the Payment Date occurring in June 2007, the two full
calendar months preceding such Payment Date, and for each other Payment Date, the immediately
preceding calendar month.



     “DWAC” shall have the meaning set forth in subsection 2.13(a).



     “Eligible Account” means either (a) a segregated account (including a securities
account) with an Eligible Institution or (b) a segregated trust account with the corporate trust
department of a depository institution organized under the laws of the United States of America or
any one of the states thereof or the District of Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign
bank), having corporate trust powers and acting as trustee for funds deposited in such account, so
long as any of the securities of such depository institution shall have a credit rating from each
Rating Agency in one of its generic rating categories which signifies investment grade.



     “Eligible Guarantee” shall mean with respect to the Interest Rate Swap an
unconditional and irrevocable guarantee that is provided by a guarantor as principal debtor rather
than surety and is directly enforceable by the Issuer, where either (x) a law firm has given a
legal opinion confirming that none of the guarantor’s payments to the Issuer under such guarantee
will be subject to withholding for tax or (y) such guarantee provides that, in the event that any
of such guarantor’s payments to the Issuer are subject to withholding for tax, such guarantor is
required to pay such additional amount as is necessary to ensure that the net amount actually
received by the Issuer (free and clear of any withholding tax) will equal the full amount the
Issuer would have received had no such withholding been required.



     “Eligible Institution” shall mean any depository institution the short term unsecured
senior indebtedness of which is rated at least “Fl” by Fitch, “A-l” by S&P or “P-l” by Moody’s, and
the long term unsecured indebtedness of which is rated at least “A” by Fitch, “A” by S&P or “A2” by
Moody’s.



     “Eligible Loan” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Section 5.2.



     “Equity Percentage” shall mean, with respect to a Loan, the percentage equivalent of a
fraction the numerator of which is the excess of (A) the Timeshare Price of the related Vacation
Ownership Interest relating to the Loan paid or to be paid by an Obligor over (B) the outstanding
principal balance of such Loan at the time of sale of such Vacation Ownership Interest to such
Obligor (less the amount of any valid check presented by such Obligor at the time of such sale that
has cleared the payment system), and the denominator of which is the Timeshare Price of the related
Vacation Ownership Interest, provided that any cash down payments or principal payments
made on any initial Loan that have been fully prepaid as part of a Timeshare Upgrade and financed
down payments under such initial Loan financed over a period not exceeding six months from the date
of origination of such Loan that have actually been paid within such six-month period shall be
included in clause (A) above for purposes of calculating the numerator of such fraction.



10









 





     “ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.



     “ERISA Affiliate” shall mean with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation which is
a member of the same controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the
Code) as such Person; or (ii) a trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common
control (within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Code) with such Person.



     “Euroclear Operator” shall mean Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear
System, and its successors and assigns in such capacity.



     “Euroclear Participants” shall mean the participants of the Euroclear System, for
which the Euroclear System holds securities.



     “Event of Default” shall mean the events designated as Events of Default under Section
11.1 of this Indenture.



     “Exchange Act” shall mean the U. S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.



     “Exchange Date” shall have the meaning specified in subsection 2.9(d).



     “Extra Principal Distribution Amount,” shall mean, on any Payment Date, the lesser of
(i) the amount by which Available Funds exceeds the amount required to be distributed on such
Payment Date pursuant to clauses FIRST through TENTH, inclusive, of the Priority of Payments and
(ii) the Overcollateralization Deficiency Amount on such Payment Date.



     “FairShare Plus Agreement” shall mean the Amended and Restated FairShare Vacation Plan
Use Management Trust Agreement effective as of January 1, 1996 by and between WVRI, and certain of
its subsidiaries and third party developers, as the same may be further amended, supplemented or
otherwise modified from time to time hereafter in accordance with its terms.



     “FairShare Plus” shall mean the program pursuant to which the occupancy and use of a
Vacation Ownership Interest is assigned to the trust created by the FairShare Plus Agreement in
exchange for annual symbolic points that are used to establish the location, timing, length of stay
and unit type of a vacation, including without limitation systems relating to reservations,
accounting and collection, disbursement and enforcement of assessments in respect of contributed
units.



     “Final Order” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in subsection 3.8(b).



     “Financing Statements” shall mean, collectively, the UCC financing statements and the
amendments thereto to be authorized and delivered in connection with any of the transactions
contemplated hereby or any of the other Transaction Documents.



     “Fitch” shall mean Fitch, Inc. or any successor thereto.



     “Fixed Amount” shall mean, for any Payment Date, an amount equal to the fixed amount
payable by the Issuer to the Swap Counterparty for such date pursuant to the Interest Rate Swap.



11









 





     “Fixed Week” shall mean a Vacation Ownership Interest representing a fee simple
interest in a lodging unit at a Resort that entitles the related Obligor to occupy such lodging
unit for a specified one-week period each year.



     “Floating Amount” shall mean, for any Payment Date an amount equal to the floating
amount payable by the Swap Counterparty to the Issuer for such date pursuant to the Interest Rate
Swap.



     “FMB” shall mean Fairfield Myrtle Beach, Inc., a Delaware corporation.



     “Foreign Clearing Agency” shall mean Clearstream and the Euroclear Operator.



     “Fractional Interest” shall mean a fractional ownership interest as tenant in common
in an individual lodging unit in a Resort.



     “GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to
time in the United States.



     “Global Notes” shall mean the Rule 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note.



     “Grant” shall mean, as to any asset or property, to pledge, assign and grant a
security interest in such asset or property. A Grant of any item of Collateral shall include all
rights, powers and options of the Granting party thereunder or with respect thereto, including
without limitation the immediate and continuing right to claim, collect, receive and give receipt
for principal, interest and other payments in respect of such item of Collateral, principal and
interest payments and receipts in respect of the Permitted Investments, Insurance Proceeds,
purchase prices and all other monies payable thereunder and all income, proceeds, products, rents
and profits thereof, to give and receive notices and other communications, to make waivers or other
agreements, to exercise all such rights and options, to bring Proceedings in the name of the
Granting party or otherwise, and generally to do and receive anything which the Granting party is
or may be entitled to do or receive thereunder or with respect thereto.



     “Green Loan” shall mean a Loan the proceeds of which are used to finance the purchase
of a Green Vacation Ownership Interest.



     “Green Vacation Ownership Interest” shall mean a Vacation Ownership Interest for which
construction on the related Resort has not yet begun or is subject to completion.



     “Indenture” shall mean this Agreement.



     “Independent Director” shall have the meaning assigned to the term in subsection
6.1(m).



     “Initial Principal Amount” shall mean the aggregate amount of $618,645,000 of the
Notes composed of the initial principal amounts of $125,000,000 of the Class A-1 Notes,
$475,000,000 of the Class A-2 Notes and $18,645,000 of the Class B Notes at the time such Notes
were issued.



12









 





     “Initial Purchasers” shall mean Greenwich Capital Markets, Inc., Credit Suisse
Securities (USA) LLC, Banc of America Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Deutsche Bank
Securities Inc. and Scotia Capital (USA) Inc.



     “Insolvency Event” shall mean, with respect to a specified Person, (a) the filing of a
decree or order for relief by a court having jurisdiction in the premises in respect of such Person
or any substantial part of its property in an involuntary case under any Debtor Relief Law, or the
filing of a petition against such Person in an involuntary case under any Debtor Relief Law, which
case remains unstayed and undismissed within 30 days of such filing, or the appointing of a
receiver, conservator, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official
for such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or the ordering of the winding-up or
liquidation of such Person’s business; or (b) the commencement by such Person of a voluntary case
under any Debtor Relief Law, or the consent by such Person to the entry of an order for relief in
an involuntary case under any such Debtor Relief Law, or the consent by such Person to the
appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, conservator, liquidator, assignee, custodian,
trustee, sequestrator or similar official for such Person or for any substantial part of its
property, or the making by such Person of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or
the failure by such Person generally to pay its debts as such debts become due or the admission by
such Person of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due.



     “Insolvency Proceeding” shall mean any proceeding relating to an Insolvency Event.



     “Installment Contract” shall mean an installment sale contract as defined in the
applicable Purchase Agreement.



     “Insurance Agreement” shall mean the Insurance and Indemnity Agreement dated as of May
23, 2007 by and among the Insurer, the Issuer, the Servicer, the Depositor, the Sellers, Sierra
2002, Wyndham Worldwide and the Trustee, as the same may be further amended, supplemented or
otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.



     “Insurance Policy” shall mean the financial guaranty insurance policy, policy number
07030025, issued by the Insurer in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders, which
policy has an effective date of May 23, 2007.



     “Insurance Premium” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the Insurance
Agreement.



     “Insurance Proceeds” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the applicable
Purchase Agreement.



     “Insured Amount” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the Insurance Policy.



     “Insurer” shall mean Financial Guaranty Insurance Company, a New York stock insurance
company.



     “Insurer Default” shall mean (i) the occurrence of an Insolvency Event with respect to
the Insurer, or (ii) the failure of the Insurer to make a payment as and when due under the
Insurance Policy.



13









 





     “Insurer Satisfaction Notice” shall mean a written notice delivered by the Insurer to
the Trustee and the Issuer following the date on which the Class A Notes have been paid in full and
the Insurance Policy has been returned to the Insurer, which notice shall state that (i) the
Insurer has been paid in full all amounts due under this Indenture and under the Insurance
Agreement and (ii) the Insurer agrees that it shall no longer be the Control Party and any rights
that it may have under this Indenture to consent or direct any action under this Indenture shall no
longer be of any effect.



     Interest Accrual Period” shall mean, with respect to the Notes for any Payment Date,
the period beginning on and including the immediately preceding Payment Date and ending on and
excluding such Payment Date, except that the first Interest Accrual Period will begin on and
include May 23, 2007 and end on and exclude the June 2007 Payment Date.



     “Interest Rate Swap” shall mean the ISDA Master Agreement, together with the Schedule
thereto, the “Credit Support Annex” and the “Confirmation For U.S. Dollar Interest Rate Swap
Transaction Under 1992 Master Agreement,” each dated as of May 16, 2007 between the Issuer and the
Swap Counterparty, as such Interest Rate Swap may be amended, modified or replaced.



     “Investment Company Act” shall mean the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended.



     “Investment Letter” shall mean a letter delivered in connection with the purchase of
Class B Notes and substantially in the form attached as Exhibit I but with such revisions,
modifications and exceptions thereto as the Issuer shall approve in writing.



     “Issuer” shall mean Sierra Timeshare 2007-1 Receivables Funding, LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company and its successors and assigns.



     “Issuer Order” shall mean a written order or request dated and signed in the name of
the Issuer by an Authorized Officer of the Issuer.



     “Kona Loan” shall mean any Loan which was acquired by WVRI from Kona Hawaiian Vacation
Ownership, LLC.



     “LIBOR” shall mean, for any Interest Accrual Period, the London interbank offered rate
for one-month United States dollar deposits determined by the Trustee on the LIBOR Determination
Date for such Interest Accrual Period in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.4.



     “LIBOR Determination Date” shall mean, with respect to each Interest Accrual Period,
the second London Business Day immediately preceding the first day of such Interest Accrual Period.



     “Lien” shall mean any mortgage, security interest, deed of trust, pledge,
hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), preference,
priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever,
including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any
financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing and the



14









 







filing of any financing statement under the UCC (other than any such financing statement filed
for informational purposes only) or comparable law of any jurisdiction to evidence any of the
foregoing.



     “LLC Agreement” shall mean the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Sierra Timeshare
2007-1 Receivables Funding, LLC dated as of May 16, 2007 as amended, supplemented, restated or
otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.



     “Loan” shall mean each loan, installment contract, contract for deed or contract or
note secured by a mortgage, deed of trust, vendor’s lien or retention of title originated or
acquired by a Seller and relating to the sale of one or more Vacation Ownership Interests.



     “Loan Balance” shall mean the outstanding principal balance due under or in respect of
a Pledged Loan (including a Defaulted Loan (until it becomes a Released Pledged Loan)).



     “Loan Documents” shall, with respect to any Pledged Loan, have the meaning assigned to
that term in the Purchase Agreement under which such Pledged Loan was transferred from the Seller
to the Depositor.



     “Loan File” shall, with respect to any Pledged Loan, have the meaning assigned to that
term in the Purchase Agreement under which such Pledged Loan was transferred from the Seller to the
Depositor.



     “Loan Rate” shall mean the annual rate at which interest accrues on any Pledged Loan,
as modified from time to time in accordance with the terms of any related Credit Standards and
Collection Policies.



     “Loan Schedule” shall mean the Loan Schedule containing information about the Pledged
Loans, which Loan Schedule is delivered electronically by the Issuer to the Trustee as of the
Closing Date and as such schedule is amended by delivery electronically by the Issuer to the
Trustee of information relating to the release of Pledged Loans or the Grant of Qualified
Substitute Loans.



     “Lockbox Account” shall mean any of the accounts established pursuant to a Lockbox
Agreement.



     “Lockbox Agreement” shall mean any agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit F by
and between the Issuer, the Trustee, the Servicer and the applicable Lockbox Bank, which agreement
sets forth the rights of the Issuer, the Trustee and the applicable Lockbox Bank, with respect to
the disposition and application of the Collections deposited in the applicable Lockbox Account,
including without limitation the right of the Trustee to direct the Lockbox Bank to remit all
Collections directly to the Trustee.



     “Lockbox Bank” shall mean any of the commercial banks holding one or more Lockbox
Accounts.



     “London Business Day” shall mean a day on which banks are open for dealing in foreign
currency and exchange in London and New York City.



15









 





     “Lot” shall mean a fully or partially developed parcel of real estate.



     “Major Credit Card” shall mean a credit card issued by any VISA USA, Inc., MasterCard
International Incorporated, American Express Company, Discover Bank, Diners Club International Ltd.
or JCB credit card affiliate or member entity.



     “Majority Holders” shall mean (i) with respect to all Notes issued and outstanding,
the holders of greater than fifty percent of the Aggregate Principal Amount of all Notes, (ii) with
respect to the Class A Notes issued and outstanding, the holders of greater than 50% of the
Principal Amount of all Class A Notes; and (iii) with respect to the Class B Notes issued and
outstanding, the holders of greater than 50% of the Principal Amount of all Class B Notes.



     “Master Loan Purchase Agreement” shall mean the WVRI Master Loan Purchase Agreement or
the WRDC Master Loan Purchase Agreement.



     “Material Adverse Effect” shall mean, with respect to any Person and any event or
circumstance, a material adverse effect on:




	 	(a)	 	the business, properties, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of
such Person;
	 
	 	(b)	 	the ability of such Person to perform its respective obligations under any of
the Transaction Documents to which it is a party;
	 
	 	(c)	 	the validity or enforceability of, or collectibility of amounts payable under,
this Indenture (if such Person is a party to this Indenture) or any of the Transaction
Documents to which it is a party;
	 
	 	(d)	 	the status, existence, perfection or priority of any Lien arising through or
under such Person under any of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party; or
	 
	 	(e)	 	the value, validity, enforceability or collectibility of the Pledged Loans or
any of the other Pledged Assets.





     “Member” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the LLC Agreement.



     “Monthly Collateral Agent Fee” shall mean, with respect to any Payment Date, the
amount due to the Collateral Agent for fees related to the Collateral for the Series 2007-1 Notes
calculated in accordance with the Custodial Agreement.



     “Monthly Custodian Fee” shall mean, with respect to each Payment Date, the amount due
to the Custodian under the Custodial Agreement for fees related to the Pledged Loans and related
Pledged Assets, such amounts to be calculated in accordance with Schedule 3 attached hereto.



     “Monthly Principal” shall mean on any Payment Date, the sum of (i) the principal
portion of Scheduled Payments collected during the related Due Period on the Pledged Loans; (ii)
the principal portion of Servicer Advances, if any, with respect to the related Due Period; (iii)
the principal amount of any prepayments (including prepayments relating to Timeshare Upgrades)



16









 







collected on any Pledged Loan during the related Due Period, (iv) principal proceeds from the
purchase by the Sellers of any Pledged Loans that have become Defaulted Loans during the related
Due Period; and (v) the principal proceeds of any repurchase of a Defective Loan funded by a Seller
or the Performance Guarantor or any deposit in respect of a Defective Loan by the Issuer during the
related Due Period.



     “Monthly Servicer Fee” shall mean, in respect of any Due Period (or portion thereof),
an amount equal to one-twelfth of the product of (a) 1.10% and (b) the Aggregate Loan Balance of
the Pledged Loans at the beginning of such Due Period; or if a Successor Servicer has been
appointed and accepted the appointment or if the Trustee is acting as Servicer a fee, which may be
a higher fee and which, in all cases will be subject to (A) if no Insurer Default has occurred and
is continuing, the consent of the Insurer or (B) if an Insurer Default has occurred and is
continuing, the consent of the Majority Holders of the Class A Notes and the Majority Holders of
the Class B Notes.



     “Monthly Servicing Report” shall mean each monthly report prepared by the Servicer as
provided in Section 8.1.



     “Monthly Trustee Fee” shall mean, in respect of any Due Period, an amount equal to
$750.00 as an administration fee.



     “Moody’s” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor thereto.



     “Moody’s Short-term Rating” shall mean a rating assigned by Moody’s under its
short-term rating scale in respect of an entity’s short-term, unsecured and unsubordinated debt
obligations.



     “Mortgage” shall mean any mortgage, deed of trust, purchase money deed of trust or
deed to secure debt encumbering the related Vacation Ownership Interest, granted by the related
Obligor to the Originator of a Loan to secure payments or other obligations under such Loan.



     “Net Liquidation Proceeds” shall mean, with respect to any Defaulted Loan which is a
Pledged Loan and which has not been released from the Lien of this Indenture, the proceeds of the
sale, liquidation or other disposition of the Defaulted Loan or the Pledged Assets or other
collateral securing such Defaulted Loan, after deduction of costs and expenses as provided in
Section 7.5(g).



     “Net Swap Payment” shall mean, for any Payment Date, the amount, if any, by which the
Fixed Amount for such date exceeds the Floating Amount for such date.



     “Net Swap Receipt” shall mean, for any Payment Date, the amount, if any, by which the
Floating Amount for such date exceeds the Fixed Amount for such date.



     “Nominee” shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreements.



     “Non-U.S. Certificate” shall have the meaning set forth in subsection 2.12(b).



17









 





     “Noteholder” or “Holder” shall mean the Person in whose name a Note is
registered in the Note Register.



     “Note Interest Rate” shall mean with respect to each Class of Notes, the respective
rate per annum set forth below:



	 	 	 
	Class of Notes	 	Note Interest Rate
	Class A-1 Notes
	 	5.27%
	Class A-2 Notes
	 	LIBOR plus 0.15%
	Class B Notes
	 	7.49%






     “Note Owner” shall mean, with respect to a Note, the Person who is the owner of a
beneficial interest in such Note, as reflected on the books of the Clearing Agency, or on the books
of a Person maintaining an account with such Clearing Agency (directly as a participant or as an
indirect participant, in each case in accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency).



     “Note Purchase Agreement” shall mean the Note Purchase Agreement dated May 16, 2007
among the Issuer, the Sellers, the Depositor and the Initial Purchasers named therein relating to
the Class A Notes.



     “Note Register” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.6.



     “Note Registrar” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.6.



     “Notes” shall mean the Sierra Timeshare 2007-1 Receivables Funding, LLC Vacation
Timeshare Loan Backed Notes, Series 2007-1.



     “Notice for Payment” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the Insurance
Policy.



     “Obligor” shall mean, with respect to any Pledged Loan, the Person or Persons
obligated to make Scheduled Payments thereon.



     “Offering Circular” shall mean the final Offering Circular dated May 16, 2007 relating
to the Class A Notes.



     “Officer’s Certificate” shall mean, unless otherwise specified in this Indenture, a
certificate delivered to the Trustee signed by any Vice President or more senior officer of the
Issuer or the Servicer, as the case may be, or, in the case of a Successor Servicer, a certificate
signed by any Vice President or more senior officer or the financial controller (or an officer
holding an office with equivalent or more senior responsibilities) of such Successor Servicer, and
delivered to the Trustee.



     “Operating Agreement” shall mean the Thirteenth Amended and Restated Operating
Agreement dated as of May 23, 2007 by and between WVRI, FMB, WCF, Kona Hawaiian Vacation Ownership,
LLC, the VB Subsidiaries, Shawnee Development, Inc., Eastern Resorts,



18









 







Inc. and WRDC as described therein, as the same may be further amended, supplemented or
otherwise modified from time to time hereafter in accordance with its terms.



     “Opinion of Counsel” shall mean a written opinion of counsel who may be counsel for,
or an employee of, the Person providing the opinion and who shall be reasonably acceptable to the
Trustee and the Insurer.



     “Originator” shall have the meaning, with respect to any Pledged Loan, assigned to
such term in the applicable Purchase Agreement or, if such term is not so defined, the entity which
originates or acquires Loans and transfers such Loans to a Seller.



     “Overcollateralization Amount,” shall mean on any Payment Date, the excess, if any, of
(i) the Aggregate Loan Balance as of the last day of the related Due Period over (ii) the Aggregate
Principal Amount on such Payment Date, after taking into account any distributions of principal to
the Noteholders on such Payment Date.



     “Overcollateralization Deficiency Amount” shall mean, for any Payment Date, the
excess, if any, of (i) the Required Overcollateralization Amount on such Payment Date over (ii) the
Pro Forma Overcollateralization Amount on such Payment Date.



     “Overcollateralization Release Amount,” shall mean (i) on any Payment Date on or after
the Stepdown Date, if neither a Cash Accumulation Event nor a Sequential Order Event has occurred
and is then continuing, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the Pro Forma
Overcollateralization Amount on such Payment Date over (b) the Required Overcollateralization
Amount on such Payment Date; provided that such amount will not exceed the Monthly
Principal for such Payment Date and (ii) on any other Payment Date, zero.



     “PAC” shall mean an arrangement whereby an Obligor makes Scheduled Payments under a
Pledged Loan via pre-authorized debit.



     “Paying Agent” shall mean the Trustee or any successor thereto, in its capacity as
paying agent.



     “Payment Date” shall mean the 20th day of each calendar month, or, if such
20th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing in June
2007.



     “Performance Guarantor” shall mean Wyndham Worldwide.



     “Performance Guaranty” shall mean that Performance Guaranty dated as of May 23, 2007
made by Wyndham Worldwide in favor of the Issuer, the Depositor, the Trustee and the Collateral
Agent, as amended from time to time.



     “Permanent Regulation S Global Note” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in
subsection 2.12(a).



     “Permitted Encumbrance” with respect to any Pledged Loan has the meaning assigned to
that term under the Purchase Agreement pursuant to which such Loan has been sold to the Depositor.




19









 





     “Permitted Investments” shall mean (i) U.S. Government Obligations having
maturities on or before the first Payment Date after the date of acquisition; (ii) time deposits
and certificates of deposit having maturities on or before the first Payment Date after the date of
acquisition, maintained with or issued by any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess
of $500,000,000 and having a short term senior unsecured debt rating of at least “A-1” by S&P and
“P-l” by Moody’s and “F1” by Fitch if rated by Fitch; (iii) repurchase agreements having maturities
on or before the first Payment Date after the date of acquisition for underlying securities of the
types described in clauses (i) and (ii) above or clause (iv) below with any institution having a
short term senior unsecured debt rating of at least “P-1” by Moody’s and “A-1” by S&P and “F1” by
Fitch if rated by Fitch; (iv) commercial paper maturing on or before the first Payment Date after
the date of acquisition and having a short term senior unsecured debt rating of at least “P-1” by
Moody’s and “A-1+” by S&P and “F1” by Fitch if rated by Fitch; and (v) money market funds rated
“Aaa” by Moody’s and rated “AAAm” or “AAAm-G” by S&P and which invest solely in any of the
foregoing (without regard to maturity), including any such funds in which the Trustee or an
Affiliate of the Trustee acts as an investment advisor or provides other investment related
services; provided, however, that no obligation of any Seller, the Depositor or the
Performance Guarantor shall constitute a Permitted Investment and provided further,
that no interest only obligation and no investment purchased by the Issuer or the Trustee at a
premium shall constitute Permitted Investments.



     “Person” shall mean any person or entity including any individual, corporation,
limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization, governmental entity or other entity or organization of any nature,
whether or not a legal entity.



     “Pledged Assets” with respect to each Pledged Loan, shall mean all right, title and
interest of the Depositor in, to and under such Pledged Loan from time to time and the related
Transferred Assets and all of the Depositor’s rights under the related Purchase Agreement, and in
and to the Collections and the proceeds of any of the foregoing.



     “Pledged Loans” shall mean the Loans listed on the Loan Schedule.



     “POA” shall mean each property owners’ association or similar timeshare owner body for
a Vacation Ownership Interest Regime or Resort or portion thereof, in each case established
pursuant to the declarations, articles or similar charter documents applicable to each such
Vacation Ownership Interest Regime, Resort or portion thereof.



     “Points” shall mean, with respect to any lodging unit at a Vacation Ownership Interest
Regime, the number of points of symbolic value assigned to such unit pursuant to FairShare Plus.



     “Post Office Box” shall mean each post office box to which Obligors are directed to
mail payments in respect of the Pledged Loans.



     “Predecessor Note” shall mean, with respect to any particular Note, every previous
Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and,
for the purpose of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 2.7 in lieu
of a



20









 







mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall evidence the same debt as the mutilated, lost,
destroyed or stolen Note.



     “Preference Amount” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in subsection 3.8(b).



     “Premium 2007-A” shall mean Premium Yield Facility 2007-A LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company.



     “Premium 2007-A Trustee” shall mean the trustee under the terms of the Indenture and
Servicing Agreement dated as of February 12, 2007 among the trustee named therein, WCF, as
servicer, and Premium 2007-A.



     “Principal Amount” shall mean, the Initial Principal Amount of a Class, less principal
payments previously paid to such Class as of such date and which payments have not been
subsequently rescinded or recaptured.



     “Principal Distribution Amount” shall mean, for any Payment Date, an amount equal to
the sum, without duplication, of the Monthly Principal for such Payment Date plus the outstanding
principal balance of all Pledged Loans that became Defaulted Loans during the related Due Period
that were not repurchased by the Depositor or a Seller, as reduced by the Overcollateralization
Release Amount, if any, for such Payment Date.



     “Priority of Payments” shall mean the application of Available Funds in accordance
with Section 3.1.



     “Pro Forma Overcollateralization Amount” shall mean, on any Payment Date, the excess,
if any, of (i) the Aggregate Loan Balance as of the last day of the related Due Period over (ii)
(x) the Aggregate Principal Amount on such Payment Date, before taking into account any
distributions of principal to the Noteholders on such Payment Date, minus (y) an amount equal to
the sum of (i) the Monthly Principal for such Payment Date and, without duplication, (ii) the
outstanding principal balance of all Pledged Loans that became Defaulted Loans during the related
Due Period that were not repurchased by a Seller.



     “Proceeding” shall have the meaning specified in Section 11.3.



     “Purchase Agreement” shall mean a Master Loan Purchase Agreement between a Seller and
the Depositor pursuant to which the Seller sells Loans and related assets to the Depositor.



     “QIB” shall have the meaning set forth in subsection 2.6(c).



     “Qualified Substitute Loan” shall mean a substitute Loan that is an Eligible Loan on
the applicable date of substitution and that on such date of substitution (i) has a coupon rate not
less than the coupon rate of the Pledged Loan for which it is to be substituted, (ii) has a
remaining term to stated maturity not greater than the remaining term to maturity of the Pledged
Loan for which it is to be substituted, and (iii) is a WVRI Loan if the Loan for which it is to be
substituted is a WVRI Loan or is a WRDC Loan if the Loan for which it is to be substituted is a
WRDC Loan.



21









 





     “Rated Final Maturity Date” shall mean the Payment Date occurring in March 2019.



     “Rating Agency” shall mean each of Fitch, S&P or Moody’s as appropriate and their
respective successors in interest.



     “Rating Agency Condition” shall mean, with respect to any action taken or to be taken,
that each Rating Agency shall have notified the Issuer and the Trustee in writing that such action
will not result in a reduction, downgrade, suspension or withdrawal of the rating then assigned to
any outstanding Class of Notes.



     “Receipt” and “Received” shall have the meanings assigned thereto in
subsection 3.8(b).



     “Record Date” shall mean, for any Payment Date, (i) for Notes in book-entry form, the
close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding such Payment Date and (ii) for
Definitive Notes, the close of business on the last Business Day of the month preceding the month
in which such Payment Date occurs.



     “Records” shall, with respect to any Pledged Loan, have the meaning assigned thereto
in the applicable Purchase Agreement.



     “Redemption Date” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2.18.



     “Reference Banks” shall mean leading banks selected by the Servicer and engaged in
transactions in Eurodollar deposits in the international Eurocurrency market (i) with an
established place of business in London and (ii) which have been designated as such by the
Servicer.



     “Regulation S Certificate” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in subsection
2.9(d).



     “Regulation S Global Note” shall mean either the Temporary Regulation S Global Note or
the Permanent Regulation S Global Note.



     “Reimbursement Amount” shall mean, on any Payment Date, the sum of (i) all Insured
Amounts previously received by the Trustee from the Insurer and not previously repaid to the
Insurer pursuant to this Agreement, plus (ii) interest (in accordance with the Insurance Agreement)
accrued on each such Insured Amount from the date the Trustee received the related Insured Amount
to, but not including, such Payment Date that has not been previously repaid to the Insurer at a
rate computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days that is the
lesser of (a) the greater of (i) the sum of 2% per annum and the per annum rate of interest
publicly announced from time to time by Citibank, N.A. as its prime or base lending rate (any
change in such rate of interest to be effective on the date such change is announced by Citibank,
N.A.), and (ii) the then applicable rate of interest on the Class A Notes and (b) the maximum rate
permissible under applicable usury or similar laws limiting interest rates.



     “Release Date” shall mean, with respect to any Pledged Loan, the date on which such
Pledged Loan is released from the Lien of this Indenture.



22









 





     “Release Price” shall mean an amount equal to the outstanding Loan Balance of the
Pledged Loan as of the close of business on the Calculation Date immediately preceding the date on
which the release is to be made, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of such
release; provided that for purposes of calculating the Release Price with respect to any
WRDC Timeshare Upgrade the Release Price will be calculated without regard to the upgrade.



     “Released Pledged Loan” shall mean any Loan which was included as a Pledged Loan, but
which has been released from the Lien of this Indenture pursuant to the terms hereof.



     “Required Overcollateralization Amount,” shall mean, as of any Payment Date, an amount
equal to (i) prior to the Stepdown Date, 8.75% of the Aggregate Loan Balance as of the Cut-Off
Date, and (ii) on and after the Stepdown Date, (A) if no Cash Accumulation Event has occurred and
is continuing, the greater of (x) 0.50% of the Aggregate Loan Balance as of the Cut-Off Date and
(y) 20.25% of the Aggregate Loan Balance as of the last day of the related Due Period and (B) if a
Cash Accumulation Event has occurred and is continuing, the Required Overcollateralization Amount
as determined on the immediately preceding Payment Date; provided that if a Sequential
Order Event has occurred and is then continuing, or the Control Party has provided written notice
to the Trustee that an event described in subsection 11.1 (e) or (f) has occurred and is
continuing, whether or not such event has also been declared an Event of Default and that the
Control Party has as a result of such event determined that the Required Overcollateralization
Amount shall be equal to the Aggregate Loan Balance, then the Required Overcollateralization
Amount will be equal to the Aggregate Loan Balance as of the last day of the related Due Period.
If the Required Overcollateralization Amount is increased to the Aggregate Loan Balance as a result
of the occurrence of an event described in subsection 11.1 (e) or (f) and notice delivered by the
Control Party, then Required Overcollateralization Amount shall remain at the Aggregate Loan
Balance until such time, if ever, that the Control Party has consented to a lesser amount.



     “Reserve Account” shall mean the account established pursuant to Section 3.5 of this
Indenture.



     “Reserve Account Draw Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in subsection 3.5(b).



     “Reserve Required Amount” shall mean (a) as of the Closing Date, 1.0% of the Aggregate
Loan Balance as of the Cut-Off Date, and (b) at any time after the Closing Date, (i) if no Cash
Accumulation Event has occurred and is continuing 2.0% of the Aggregate Loan Balance at such time;
and (ii) if a Cash Accumulation Event has occurred and is continuing, the product of (A) the
Aggregate Loan Balance as of the last day of the immediately preceding Due Period and (B) the
greater of (x) 10.0% or (y) 2 times the Delinquency Ratio for such Due Period; provided
that in no event will the Reserve Required Amount be less than 0.50% of the Aggregate Loan Balance
as of the Cut-Off Date; provided further, that in no event will the Reserve
Required Amount be greater than the Aggregate Principal Amount.



     “Resort” shall mean a WVRI Resort or a WRDC Resort.



     “Responsible Officer” shall mean any officer assigned to the Corporate Trust Office
(or any successor thereto), including any Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Trust Officer,
any



23









 







Assistant Secretary, any trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee customarily
performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers, in each
case having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.



     “Rule 144A” shall have the meaning set forth in subsection 2.6(c).



     “Rule 144A Global Note” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2.11.



     “S&P” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc. or any successor thereto.



     “Sale” shall have the meaning specified in Section 11.13(a).



     “Sale and Assignment Agreement” shall mean the Sale and Assignment Agreement dated as
of May 23, 2007 entered into by Sierra 2002 and the Depositor and pursuant to which Sierra 2002
sells and assigns to the Depositor all of Sierra 2002’s right, title and interest in certain
Pledged Loans and the Pledged Assets related thereto.



     “Scheduled Final Maturity Date” shall mean the Payment Date occurring in March 2017.



     “Scheduled Payment” shall mean the scheduled monthly payment of principal and interest
on a Pledged Loan.



     “Securities Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.



     “Seller” shall mean WCF or WRDC or, in either case, any successor thereto.



     “Senior Priority Swap Termination Amount” shall mean any unpaid amount owing to the
Swap Counterparty in respect of Termination Payments relating to a termination or a partial
termination of the Interest Rate Swap arising from (a) the Swap Counterparty not receiving any Net
Swap Payment owing to it, (b) bankruptcy, insolvency, conservatorship, receivership or similar
event of the Issuer, (c) the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 11.1(a), 11.1(b) or
11.1(d) and, as a result thereof, the liquidation of all or a portion of the Pledged Loans pursuant
to Article IX of this Indenture or (d) an amendment or supplement to this Indenture made without
the consent of the Swap Counterparty.



     “Sequential Order Events” shall mean: (i) an Insolvency Event has occurred with
respect to the Issuer; (ii) if on any two consecutive Payment Dates, either (A) the sum of
Available Funds plus, without duplication, amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account are not
sufficient to pay all Accrued Interest due on the Notes, or (B) after application of all Available
Funds in accordance with the Priority of Payments, the Overcollateralization Amount would be less
than the Required Overcollateralization Amount; (iii) if on any Payment Date, after application of
all Available Funds in accordance with the Priority of Payments on such Payment Date, the sum of
the Aggregate Loan Balance plus the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account would be less than the
Aggregate Principal Amount of all Notes; or (iv) the Control Party has provided written notice to
the Trustee that an event described in subsection 11.1(a), (b) or (d) has occurred and is
continuing and that such event has been designated a Sequential Order Event by the Control Party
whether or not such event has also been declared an Event of Default. The Sequential



24









 







Order Events described in (ii) and (iii) above will continue to be in effect until such time,
if ever, that the Control Party has consented to the termination of the Sequential Order Event.



     “Series Termination Date” shall mean the Termination Date.



     “Service Transfer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.1.



     “Servicer” shall mean WCF, in its capacity as Servicer pursuant to this Indenture or,
after any Service Transfer, the Successor Servicer.



     “Servicer Advance” shall mean amounts, if any, advanced by the Servicer, at its
option, to cover any shortfall between (i) the Scheduled Payments on the Pledged Loans (other than
Defaulted Loans) for a Due Period and (ii) the amounts actually deposited in the Collection Account
on account of such Scheduled Payments on or prior to the Payment Date immediately following such
Due Period.



     “Servicer Default” shall mean the defaults specified in Section 12.1.



     “Servicing Officer” shall mean any officer of the Servicer involved in, or responsible
for, the administration and servicing of the Loans whose name appears on a list of servicing
officers furnished to the Trustee by the Servicer, as such list may be amended from time to time.



     “Shawnee Loan” shall mean any Loan which was acquired by WVRI from Shawnee
Development, Inc.



     “Sierra 2002” shall mean Sierra Timeshare Conduit Receivables Funding, LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company.



     “Sierra 2002 Trustee” shall mean the trustee under the terms of the Master Indenture
and Servicing Agreement dated as of August 29, 2002 and the Series 2002-1 supplement thereto, each
of which is among the trustee named therein, WCF and Sierra 2002.



     “Sierra 2003-1” shall mean Sierra 2003-1 Receivables Funding Company, LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company.



     “Sierra 2003-1 Trustee” shall mean the trustee under the terms of the Indenture and
Servicing Agreement dated as of March 31, 2003 which is among the trustee named therein, WCF and
Sierra 2003-1.



     “Sierra 2003-2” shall mean Sierra 2003-2 Receivables Funding Company, LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company.



     “Sierra 2003-2 Trustee” shall mean the trustee under the terms of the Indenture and
Servicing Agreement dated as of December 5, 2003 among the trustee named therein, WCF and Sierra
2003-2.



     “Sierra 2004-1” shall mean Sierra Timeshare 2004-1 Receivables Funding, LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company.



25









 





     “Sierra 2004-1 Trustee” shall mean the trustee under the terms of the Indenture and
Servicing Agreement dated as of May 27, 2004 among the trustee named therein, WCF and Sierra
2004-1.



     “Sierra 2005-1” shall mean Sierra Timeshare 2005-1 Receivables Funding, LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company.



     “Sierra 2005-1 Trustee” shall mean the trustee under the terms of the Indenture and
Servicing Agreement dated as of August 11, 2005 among the trustee named therein, WCF and Sierra
2005-1.



     “Sierra 2006-1” shall mean Sierra Timeshare 2006-1 Receivables Funding, LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company.



     “Sierra 2006-1 Trustee” shall mean the trustee under the terms of the Indenture and
Servicing Agreement dated as of July 11, 2006 among the trustee named therein, WCF and Sierra
2006-1.



     “Stepdown Date” shall mean the later to occur of the Payment Date in May 2009 or the
Payment Date on which the Aggregate Loan Balance as of the last day of the related Due Period is
less than 43% of the Aggregate Loan Balance as of the Cut-Off Date.



     “Subsidiary” shall mean, as to any Person, any corporation or other entity of which
securities or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the
board of directors or other Persons performing similar functions are at the time directly or
indirectly owned by such Person.



     “Substitution Adjustment Amount” shall mean, with respect to any Qualified Substitute
Loan or Qualified Substitute Loans to be substituted for a Defective Loan or a Defaulted Loan, the
amount, if any, by which the aggregate principal balance of all such Qualified Substitute Loans as
of the date of substitution is less than the aggregate principal balance of all such Defective
Loans or Defaulted Loans each determined as of the Calculation Date immediately prior to the date
of substitution.



     “Successor Servicer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.2.



     “Swap Counterparty” shall mean Barclays Bank PLC, a public limited liability company
registered in England and Wales and any entity which is a replacement swap counterparty as provided
in Section 3.6.



     “Swap Rating Agency Condition” shall mean, with respect to any action a condition that
is satisfied when Fitch is notified of such action by or on behalf of the Issuer, and S&P and
Moody’s have notified the Issuer and the Trustee that such action will not result in a reduction,
downgrade, qualification (if applicable), or withdrawal of the rating that has been assigned by
such Rating Agency to the Class A-2 Notes.



     “Temporary Regulation S Global Note” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in
Section 2.11.



26









 





     “Term Purchase Agreement” shall mean the Series 2007-1 Term Purchase Agreement dated
as of May 23, 2007 between the Depositor as seller of the Pledged Loans and the Issuer.



     “Termination Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.1.



     “Termination Notice” shall have the meaning specified in Section 12.1.



     “Termination Payments” shall mean payments required to be made by the Issuer to the
Swap Counterparty under the terms of the Interest Rate Swap as a result of a termination or partial
termination of the Interest Rate Swap.



     “Termination Receipts” shall mean payments required to be made by the Swap
Counterparty to the Issuer under the terms of the Interest Rate Swap as a result of a termination
or a partial termination of the Interest Rate Swap.



     “Timeshare Price” shall mean the original price of the Vacation Ownership Interest
paid by an Obligor, plus any accrued and unpaid interest and other amounts owed by the Obligor.



     “Timeshare Upgrade” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the applicable Purchase
Agreement.



     “Title Clearing Agreement” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the WVRI Master
Loan Purchase Agreement.



     “Transaction Documents” shall mean, collectively, this Indenture, the Term Purchase
Agreement, the Sale and Assignment Agreement, the Purchase Agreements, the assignment agreements
executed by the Sellers and related to the periodic sale of Pledged Loans, the Custodial Agreement,
the Performance Guaranty, the Lockbox Agreements, the Title Clearing Agreements, the Collateral
Agency Agreement, the Administrative Services Agreements, the Insurance Policy, the Insurance
Agreement, the Financing Statements and all other agreements, documents and instruments delivered
pursuant thereto or in connection therewith, and “Transaction Document” shall mean any of
them.



     “Transferred Assets” shall, with respect to each Pledged Loan, have the meaning set
forth in the Purchase Agreement under which such Loan was transferred to the Depositor.



     “Trustee” shall mean U.S. Bank National Association or its successor in interest, or
any successor trustee appointed as provided in this Indenture.



     “Trustee Fee Letter” shall mean the schedule of fees attached as Schedule 1, and all
amendments thereof and supplements thereto.



     “2002 Performance Guaranty” shall mean that Performance Guaranty dated as of May 7,
2006 made by Wyndham Worldwide Corporation in favor of the Depositor, Sierra 2002 and the Sierra
2002 Trustee.



     “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code, as amended from time to time, as in
effect in any applicable jurisdiction.



27









 





     “UDI” shall mean an undivided interest in fee simple (as tenants in common with all
other undivided interest owners) in a lodging unit or group of lodging units at a Resort.



     “U.S. Government Obligations” shall mean (i) obligations of, or obligations guaranteed
as to principal and interest by, the U.S. Government or any agency or instrumentality thereof, when
these obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States and (ii) certain
obligations of government-sponsored agencies that are not backed by the full faith credit of the
United States which are limited to: Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corp. debt obligations; Farm Credit
System (formerly Federal Land Banks, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, and Banks for Cooperatives)
consolidated system-wide bonds and notes; Federal Home Loan Banks consolidated debt obligations;
Federal National Mortgage Association debt obligations; Student Loan Marketing Association debt
obligations which mature before September 30, 2008; Financing Corp. debt obligations; and
Resolution Funding Corp. debt obligations.



     “Vacation Credits” shall mean ownership interests in WorldMark that entitle the owner
thereof to use the Resorts owned by WorldMark.



     “Vacation Ownership Interest” shall mean the underlying ownership interest that is the
subject of a Loan, which ownership interest may be either a Fixed Week, a UDI, the Points with
respect thereto under FairShare Plus, Vacation Credits or Fractional Interests.



     “Vacation Ownership Interest Regime” shall mean any of the various interval ownership
regimes located at a Resort, each of which is an arrangement established under applicable state law
whereby all or a designated portion of a development is made subject to a declaration permitting
the transfer of Vacation Ownership Interests therein, which Vacation Ownership Interests shall, in
the case of Fixed Weeks and UDIs, constitute real property under the applicable local law of each
of the jurisdictions in which such regime is located.



     “VB Subsidiaries” shall mean Sea Gardens Beach and Tennis Resorts, Inc., Vacation
Break Resorts, Inc. and Vacation Break Resorts at Star Island, Inc.



     “WCF” shall mean Wyndham Consumer Finance, Inc., a Delaware corporation and its
successors and assigns.



     “WorldMark” shall mean WorldMark, The Club, a California not-for-profit mutual benefit
corporation.



     “WRDC” shall mean Wyndham Resort Development Corporation (formerly known as Trendwest
Resorts, Inc.), an Oregon corporation, a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Wyndham Worldwide, and
its successors and assigns.



     “WRDC Loan” shall mean a Pledged Loan which was originated by WRDC..



     “WRDC Master Loan Purchase Agreement” shall mean that Master Loan Purchase Agreement
dated as of August 29, 2002, and the Series 2002-1 Supplement thereto, each as amended or amended
and restated from time to time, by and between WRDC and the Depositor and the Series 2007-1
Supplement to the Master Loan Purchase Agreement and the Confirmation and Consent Agreement dated
as of May 23, 2007 each among WCF as a Seller, WRDC, as the



28









 







Originator and the Depositor, as purchaser, each as amended or amended and restated from time
to time.



     “WRDC Originator” shall mean WRDC.



     “WRDC Resort” shall mean a resort developed by WRDC or in which WRDC sells Vacation
Ownership Interests.



     “WRDC Timeshare Upgrade” shall mean a WRDC Loan with respect to which the Obligor
purchases a Timeshare Upgrade.



     “WVRI” shall mean Wyndham Vacation Resorts, Inc. (formerly known as Fairfield Resorts,
Inc.), a Delaware corporation.



     “WVRI Loan” shall mean a Pledged Loan which was sold to the Depositor under the WVRI
Master Loan Purchase Agreement.



     “WVRI Master Loan Purchase Agreement” shall mean the Master Loan Purchase Agreement
dated as of August 29, 2002, as amended or amended and restated from time to time, by and between
WCF, as Seller and the Depositor, as Purchaser and WVRI and various other entities from time to
time party thereto, together with the Series 2002-1 Supplement thereto also dated as of August 29,
2002, as amended or amended and restated from time to time and the Series 2007-1 Supplement
thereto, dated as of May 23, 2007, as amended from time to time.



     “WVRI Originator” shall mean WVRI, Fairfield Myrtle Beach, Inc., Kona Hawaiian
Vacation Ownership, LLC, Shawnee Development, Inc., Sea Gardens Beach and Tennis Resort, Inc.,
Vacation Break Resorts, Inc., Vacation Break Resorts at Star Island, Inc., Palm Vacation Group,
Ocean Ranch Vacation Group, or any other Subsidiary of Wyndham (other than WRDC) that originates
Loans in accordance with the Credit Standards and Collection Policies for sale to WCF.



     “WVRI Resort” shall mean a resort developed by WVRI or its Subsidiaries or in which
WVRI or its Subsidiaries sell Vacation Ownership Interests.



     “Wyndham Worldwide” shall mean Wyndham Worldwide Corporation, a Delaware corporation,
and its successors and assigns.



     Section 1.2 Other Definitional Provisions.



     (a) Terms used in this Indenture and not otherwise defined herein such terms shall have the
meanings ascribed to them in the Term Purchase Agreement.



     (b) All terms defined in this Indenture shall have the defined meanings when used in any
certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.



     (c) As used in this Indenture and in any certificate or other document made or delivered
pursuant hereto, accounting terms not defined in Section 1.1, and accounting terms



29









 







partly defined in Section 1.1 to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings
given to them under GAAP as in effect from time to time. To the extent that the definitions of
accounting terms herein or in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto
are inconsistent with the meanings of such terms under GAAP, the definitions contained herein or in
any such certificate or other document shall control.



     (d) Any reference to each Rating Agency shall only apply to any specific rating agency if such
rating agency is then rating any outstanding Class of Notes.



     (e) Unless otherwise specified, references to any amount as on deposit or outstanding on any
particular date shall mean such amount at the close of business on such day.



     (f) Terms used herein that are defined in the New York Uniform Commercial Code and not
otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the New York Uniform Commercial Code,
unless the context requires otherwise. Any reference herein to a “beneficial interest” in a
security also shall mean, unless the context otherwise requires, a security entitlement with
respect to such security, and any reference herein to a “beneficial owner” or “beneficial holder”
of a security also shall mean, unless the context otherwise requires, the holder of a security
entitlement with respect to such security. Any reference herein to money or other property that is
to be deposited in or is on deposit in a securities account shall also mean that such money or
other property is to be credited to, or is credited to, such securities account.



     (g) The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this
Indenture shall refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular provision of this
Indenture; and Article, Section, subsection, Schedule and Exhibit references contained in this
Indenture are references to Articles, Sections, subsections, Schedules and Exhibits in or to this
Indenture unless otherwise specified.



     (h) In determining whether the requisite percentage of Noteholders of any Class or of all
Noteholders have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer or an
Affiliate of the Issuer shall be considered as though they are not outstanding, except that for the
purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making such determination or
relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Responsible Officer of the
Trustee knows pursuant to written notice (or in the case of the Issuer, by reference to the Note
Register if the Trustee is also the Note Registrar) are so owned shall be so disregarded and except
that if all outstanding Notes are owned by the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer, then this
clause (h) shall be disregarded.



     (g) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture which provides that the Insurer
shall have the right to consent to, control or direct actions under this Indenture, such provisions
shall be disregarded if the Insurer has delivered an Insurer Satisfaction Notice.



     Section 1.3 Intent and Interpretation of Documents



     The arrangement established by this Indenture, the Term Purchase Agreement, the Sale and
Assignment Agreement, the Purchase Agreements, the Custodial Agreements, the Collateral Agency
Agreement and the other Transaction Documents is intended not to be a taxable mortgage pool for
federal income tax purposes, and is intended to constitute a sale of the Loans



30









 







by the applicable Seller to the Depositor for commercial law purposes. Each of the Depositor
and the Issuer are and are intended to be a legal entity separate and distinct from each Seller for
all purposes other than tax purposes. This Indenture and the other Transaction Documents shall be
interpreted to further these intentions.



ARTICLE II




THE NOTES




     Section 2.1 Designation.



          There is hereby created a series of Notes of the Issuer to be issued pursuant to this
Indenture and which are hereby designated as “Sierra Timeshare 2007-1 Receivables Funding, LLC
Vacation Timeshare Loan Backed Notes, Series 2007-1” (the “Notes”). The Issuer will issue
notes in three classes as follows: (i) $125,000,000 5.27% Vacation Timeshare Loan Backed Notes,
Series 2007-1, Class A-1, due 2019, (ii) $475,000,000 Floating Rate Vacation Timeshare Loan Backed
Notes, Series 2007-1, Class A-2, due 2019 and (iii) $18,645,000 7.49% Vacation Timeshare Loan
Backed Notes, Series 2007-1 Class B, due 2019. The terms of the Notes shall be as set forth in
this Indenture.




     Section 2.2 Form Generally. The Notes and the Trustee’s or Authentication Agent’s
certificate of authentication thereon (the “Certificate of Authentication”) shall be in
substantially the forms set forth in the Exhibits to this Indenture with such appropriate
insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this
Indenture, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or
endorsements placed thereon, as may, consistent herewith, be determined by the Authorized Officers
of the Issuer executing such Notes as evidenced by their execution of such Notes. Any portion of
the text of any Note may be set forth on the reverse or subsequent pages thereof, with an
appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Note.



     The Notes shall be typewritten, word processed, printed, lithographed or engraved or produced
by any combination of these methods, all as determined by the officers executing such Notes, as
evidenced by their execution of such Notes.



     Section 2.3 [Reserved].



     Section 2.4 Determination of LIBOR.



     On each LIBOR Determination Date, the Trustee shall determine LIBOR on the basis of the rate
for deposits in United States dollars for a one-month period which appears on Reuters Screen
LIBOR01 Page (or such other Page, as may replace Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page on that service, or
such other service as may be nominated as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying
rates or prices comparable to the interest rate on the notes) as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on
such date. If such rate does not appear on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or such other page) the
rate for that LIBOR Determination Date will be determined on the basis of the rates at which
deposits in United States dollars are offered by the Reference Banks at approximately 11:00 a.m.,
London time, on that day to prime banks in the London interbank market for a one-month period. If
on such LIBOR Determination Date two or more Reference



31









 







Banks provide such offered quotations, LIBOR for such related Interest Accrual Period will be
the arithmetic mean of such offered quotations (rounded upwards if necessary to the nearest whole
multiple of 0.0001%). If on such LIBOR Determination Date fewer than two Reference Banks provide
such offered quotations, LIBOR for the related Interest Accrual Period will be the arithmetic mean
(rounded upwards if necessary to the nearest whole multiple of 0.0001%) of the one-month U.S.
dollar lending rates that three New York City banks selected by the Trustee are quoting at
approximately 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the relevant LIBOR Determination Date to leading
European banks.



     The establishment of LIBOR on each LIBOR Determination Date by the Trustee and the Trustee’s
calculation of the rate of interest applicable to the Class A-2 Notes for the related Interest
Accrual Period will (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding. The Trustee shall,
upon the establishment of LIBOR on each LIBOR Determination Date, notify the Issuer and the
Servicer of the rate.



     Section 2.5 Execution, Authentication and Delivery. The Notes shall be executed on
behalf of the Issuer by any of its Authorized Officers. The signature of any such Authorized
Officer on the Notes may be manual or facsimile.



     Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signature of individuals who were at the time of
execution of such Notes Authorized Officers of the Issuer shall bind the Issuer, notwithstanding
that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication
and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such offices at the date of such Notes.



     The Trustee shall, upon written order of the Issuer, authenticate and deliver Notes for
original issue in an aggregate principal amount of $618,645,000, comprising $125,000,000 principal
amount of Class A-1 Notes, $475,000,000 principal amount of Class A-2 Notes and $18,645,000
principal amount of Class B Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon such written order
as authority to so authenticate and deliver the Notes without further inquiry of any Person.



     Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. Notes and beneficial interests in
the Notes may be purchased in minimum denominations of $500,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000
in excess thereof.



     No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for
any purpose, unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the
form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by the manual signature of one of its authorized
signatories, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only
evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.



     Section 2.6 Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange; Transfer
Restrictions. (a) The Issuer shall cause to be kept a register (the “Note Register”)
in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Issuer shall provide for
the registration of Notes and the registration of transfers of Notes. The Trustee shall be the
initial “Note Registrar” for the purpose of registering Notes and transfers of Notes as
herein provided.



32









 




Upon any resignation of any Note Registrar, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor or,
if it elects not to make such an appointment, assume the duties of the Note Registrar.




     If a Person other than the Trustee is appointed by the Issuer as Note Registrar, the Issuer
will give the Trustee, the Insurer and the Swap Counterparty prompt written notice of the
appointment of such Note Registrar and of the location, and any change in the location, of the Note
Registrar, and the Trustee shall have the right to inspect the Note Register at all reasonable
times and to obtain copies thereof, and the Trustee shall have the right to rely upon a certificate
executed on behalf of the Note Registrar as to the names and addresses of the Holders of the Notes
and the principal amounts and number of such Notes.



     Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office of the Note Registrar as
provided in this Section 2.6, if the requirements of Section 8-401(a) of the UCC are met, the
Issuer shall execute, and upon receipt of such surrendered Note the Trustee shall authenticate and
the Noteholder shall obtain from the Trustee, in the name of the designated transferee or
transferees, one or more new Notes in any authorized denominations, of the same class and of a like
aggregate principal amount.



     At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes in any authorized
denominations, of the same Class and of a like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the
Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for
exchange, if the requirements of Section 8-401(a) of the UCC are met, the Issuer shall execute, and
upon receipt of such surrendered Notes and an Issuer Order to authenticate the Notes, the Trustee
shall authenticate and the Noteholder shall obtain from the Trustee, the Notes which the Noteholder
making the exchange is entitled to receive.



     All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes shall be the valid
obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this
Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.



     Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly
endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the
Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing,
and such other documents as the Trustee may require.



     No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange of
Notes, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other
governmental charge or expense that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer
or exchange of Notes, other than exchanges pursuant to subsection 15.1(e) not involving any
transfer.



     The preceding provisions of this section notwithstanding, the Issuer shall not be required to
make, and the Note Registrar need not register, transfers or exchanges of Notes (i) for a period of
20 days preceding the due date for any payment with respect to the Notes or (ii) after the Trustee
sends a notice of redemption with respect to such Note in accordance with Section 2.18.



     (b) The Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act or any state securities law.
None of the Issuer, the Servicer, the Note Registrar or the Trustee is obligated to register



33









 







the Notes under the Securities Act or any other securities or “Blue Sky” laws or to take any
other action not otherwise required under this Indenture to permit the transfer of any Note without
registration.



     (c) No transfer of any Note or any interest therein (including, without limitation, by pledge
or hypothecation) shall be made except in compliance with the restrictions on transfer set forth in
this Section 2.6 (including the applicable legend to be set forth on the face of each Note as
provided in the Exhibits to this Indenture) and in Section 2.12, Section 2.13 and Section 2.17 in a
transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state
securities or “Blue Sky” laws. The transfer of the Class A Notes shall be restricted to transfers
(i) to a person (A) that the transferor reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” (a
“QIB”) within the meaning thereof in Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule
144A”) in the form of beneficial interests in the Rule 144A Global Note, and (B) that is aware
that the resale or other transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A or (ii) in an offshore
transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, in
the form of beneficial interests in the applicable Regulation S Global Note. The transfer of the
Class B Notes shall be restricted as provided in subsection (e) of this Section 2.6 and as provided
in Section 2.17.



     (d) Each Class A Note Owner, by its acceptance of its beneficial interest in a Class A Note,
will be deemed to have acknowledged, represented to and agreed with the Issuer and the Initial
Purchasers as follows:




     (i) It understands and acknowledges that the Class A Notes will be offered and may be
resold by each Initial Purchaser (A) in the United States to QIBs pursuant to Rule 144A in
the form of beneficial interests in the Rule 144A Global Note or (B) outside the United
States to non U.S. Persons pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act, initially in
the form of beneficial interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note. As set forth in
Section 2.13, beneficial interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note may be
exchanged for beneficial interests in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note.




     (ii) It understands that the Class A Notes have not been and will not be registered
under the Securities Act or any state or other applicable securities law and that the Class
A Notes, or any interest or participation therein, may not be offered, sold, pledged or
otherwise transferred unless registered pursuant to, or exempt from registration under, the
Securities Act and any state or other applicable securities law.




     (iii) It acknowledges that none of the Issuer or the Initial Purchasers or any person
representing the Issuer or the Initial Purchasers has made any representation to it with
respect to the Issuer or the offering or sale of any Class A Notes, other than the
information contained in the Offering Circular, which has been delivered to it and upon
which it is relying in making its investment decision with respect to the Class A Notes. It
has had access to such financial and other information concerning the Issuer, the Depositor,
the Insurer and the Class A Notes as it has deemed necessary in connection with its decision
to purchase the Class A Notes.



34









 






     (iv) It acknowledges that the Class A Notes will bear a legend to the following effect
unless the Issuer determines otherwise, consistent with applicable law:




“THIS CLASS A NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAW. THE
HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS CLASS A NOTE, AGREES THAT THIS CLASS A NOTE, OR ANY
INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN, MAY BE REOFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED
ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS AND ONLY (1) TO THE
ISSUER, (2) PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT TO A PERSON THAT THE HOLDER
REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT (A “QIB”) PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR A QIB PURCHASING FOR THE
ACCOUNT OF A QIB, WHOM THE HOLDER HAS INFORMED, IN EACH CASE, THAT THE REOFFER, RESALE,
PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR
(3) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT. EACH CLASS A NOTE OWNER BY ACCEPTING A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THIS
CLASS A NOTE, UNLESS SUCH PERSON ACQUIRED THIS CLASS A NOTE IN A TRANSFER DESCRIBED IN
CLAUSE (3) ABOVE, IS DEEMED TO REPRESENT THAT IT IS EITHER A QIB PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN
ACCOUNT OR A QIB PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER QIB.




PRIOR TO PURCHASING ANY CLASS A NOTES, PURCHASERS SHOULD CONSULT COUNSEL WITH RESPECT TO THE
AVAILABILITY AND CONDITIONS OF EXEMPTION FROM THE RESTRICTION ON RESALE OR TRANSFER. THE
ISSUER HAS NOT AGREED TO REGISTER THE CLASS A NOTES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO QUALIFY THE
CLASS A NOTES UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR TO PROVIDE REGISTRATION RIGHTS TO
ANY PURCHASER.




AS SET FORTH HEREIN, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS CLASS A NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY
BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.”




     (v) If it is acquiring any Class A Note, or any interest or participation therein, as a
fiduciary or agent for one or more investor accounts, it represents that it has sole
investment discretion with respect to each such account and that it has full power to make
the acknowledgments, representations and agreements contained herein on behalf of each such
account.




     (vi) It (A)(i) is a QIB, (ii) is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on
Rule 144A and if it is acquiring such Class A Notes or any interest or participation therein
for the account of another QIB, such other QIB is aware that the sale is being



35









 







made in reliance on Rule 144A and (iii) is acquiring such Class A Notes or any interest
or participation therein for its own account or for the account of a QIB, or (B) is not a
U.S. person and is purchasing such Class A Notes or any interest or participation therein in
an offshore transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S.




     (vii) It is purchasing the Class A Notes for its own account, or for one or more
investor accounts for which it is acting as fiduciary or agent, in each case for investment,
and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution thereof in
violation of the Securities Act, subject to any requirements of law that the disposition of
its property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within its
or their control and subject to its or their ability to resell such Class A Notes, or any
interest or participation therein as described in the Offering Circular and pursuant to the
provisions of this Indenture.




     (viii) It agrees that if in the future it should offer, sell or otherwise transfer such
Class A Note or any interest or participation therein, it will do so only (A) to the Issuer,
(B) pursuant to Rule 144A to a person it reasonably believes is a QIB in a transaction
meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, purchasing for its own account or for the account of
a QIB, whom it has informed that such offer, sale or other transfer is being made in
reliance on Rule 144A or (C) in an offshore transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 903
or Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act.




     (ix) If it is acquiring such Class A Note or any interest or participation therein in
an “offshore transaction” (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act), it
acknowledges that the Class A Notes will initially be represented by the Temporary
Regulation S Global Note and that transfers thereof or any interest or participation therein
are restricted as set forth in this Indenture. If it is a QIB, it acknowledges that the
Class A Notes offered in reliance on Rule 144A will be represented by a Rule 144A Global
Note and that transfers thereof or any interest or participation therein are restricted as
set forth in this Indenture.




     (x) It understands that the Temporary Regulation S Global Note will bear a legend to
the following effect unless the Issuer determines otherwise, consistent with applicable law:




“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS A TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE FOR PURPOSES OF REGULATION S UNDER THE UNITED
STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”). NEITHER THIS TEMPORARY
GLOBAL NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD OR DELIVERED, EXCEPT AS PERMITTED
UNDER THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO BELOW. NO BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE
SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL OR INTEREST HEREON UNLESS THE REQUIRED
CERTIFICATIONS HAVE BEEN DELIVERED PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO
BELOW.”




     (xi) With respect to any foreign purchaser claiming an exemption from United States
income or withholding tax, it has delivered to the Trustee a true and



36









 







complete Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI, indicating such exemption or any successor or other
forms and documentation as may be sufficient under the applicable regulations for claiming
such exemption.




     (xii) It acknowledges that the Depositor, the Issuer, the Initial Purchasers and others
will rely on the truth and accuracy of the foregoing acknowledgments, representations and
agreements, and agrees that if any of the foregoing acknowledgments, representations and
agreements deemed to have been made by it are no longer accurate, it shall promptly notify
the Issuer and the Initial Purchasers.




     (xiii) It acknowledges that transfers of the Class A Notes or any interest or
participation therein shall otherwise be subject in all respects to the restrictions
applicable thereto contained in this Indenture.




     (xiv) Either (A) it is not (i) an employee benefit plan that is subject to Title I of
ERISA, (ii) a plan, individual retirement account or other arrangement that is subject to
Section 4975 of the Code, or (iii) an entity the underlying assets of which are considered
to include “plan assets” of, and it is not purchasing the Class A Notes on behalf of, any
such plan, account or arrangement; or (B) its purchase, holding and subsequent disposition
of the Class A Notes either (i) will not constitute or result in a prohibited transaction
under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or (ii) are exempt from the prohibited transaction
provisions of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code in accordance with one or more available
statutory, class or individual prohibited transaction exemptions. It will not transfer the
Class A Notes to any person or entity, unless such person or entity could itself truthfully
make the foregoing representations and covenants as presented in this clause (xiv).



          Any transfer, resale, pledge or other transfer of the Class A Notes contrary to the
restrictions set forth above and elsewhere in this Indenture shall be deemed void ab initio by the
Issuer and the Trustee. As used in this Section 2.6, the terms “United States” and “U.S. persons”
have the respective meanings given them in Regulation S under the Securities Act.




     (e) Each Class B Note Holder, by its acceptance of a Class B Note, will be deemed to have
acknowledged, represented to and agreed with the Issuer as follows:




     (i) It understands and acknowledges that the Class B Notes were originally issued in a
transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act and that no transfer of the
Class B Notes nor any interest therein shall be made except (A) in accordance with the terms
of this Indenture and (B) (x) to a Person who the transferring Class B Noteholder reasonably
believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities
Act) in compliance with Rule 144A, or (y) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as
defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) and that prior to any
such transfer there shall have been delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee an Investment
Letter from the transferee and, if applicable, an Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Section
2.17 of this Indenture.



37









 






     (ii) It understands that the Class B Notes have not been and will not be registered
under the Securities Act or any state or other applicable securities law;




     (iii) It acknowledges that the Class B Notes will bear a legend to the following effect
unless the Issuer determines otherwise, consistent with applicable law:




“THIS CLASS B NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAW. THE
HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS CLASS B NOTE, AGREES THAT THIS CLASS B NOTE, OR ANY
INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN, MAY BE REOFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED
ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS AND ONLY (1) TO THE
ISSUER, (2) PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT TO A PERSON THAT THE HOLDER
REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT (A “QIB”) PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR A QIB PURCHASING FOR THE
ACCOUNT OF A QIB, WHOM THE HOLDER HAS INFORMED, IN EACH CASE, THAT THE REOFFER, RESALE,
PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR
(3) TO A PERSON WHO IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1),
(2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS
SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE. EACH CLASS B NOTE HOLDER BY ACCEPTING THIS CLASS B NOTE IS
DEEMED TO REPRESENT THAT IT IS EITHER A QIB PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR IT IS AN
INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT.




THIS CLASS B NOTE MAY NOT BE PURCHASED BY (I) ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT THAT
IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, (II) ANY PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER
ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS
AMENDED, OR (III) ANY ENTITY THE UNDERLYING ASSETS OF WHICH ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN
ASSETS” OF, AND IT IS NOT PURCHASING THE CLASS B NOTES ON BEHALF OF, ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT
OR ARRANGEMENT. NO CLASS B NOTE HOLDER WILL BE PERMITTED TO TRANSFER THE CLASS B NOTES TO
ANY PERSON OR ENTITY, UNLESS SUCH PERSON OR ENTITY CAN ITSELF TRUTHFULLY MAKE THE FOREGOING
REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS AS PRESENTED IN THIS PARAGRAPH.




PRIOR TO PURCHASING ANY CLASS B NOTES, PURCHASERS SHOULD CONSULT COUNSEL WITH RESPECT TO THE
AVAILABILITY AND CONDITIONS OF EXEMPTION FROM THE RESTRICTION ON RESALE OR TRANSFER. THE
ISSUER HAS NOT AGREED TO REGISTER THE CLASS B NOTES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO QUALIFY THE
CLASS B NOTES



38









 







UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR TO PROVIDE REGISTRATION RIGHTS TO ANY PURCHASER.




AS SET FORTH HEREIN, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS CLASS B NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY
BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.”




     (iv) It (i) is a QIB, is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule
144A and if it is acquiring such Class B Notes or any interest or participation therein for
the account of another QIB, such other QIB is aware that the sale is being made in reliance
on Rule 144A and is acquiring such Class B Notes or any interest or participation therein
for its own account or for the account of a QIB or (ii) is an institutional “accredited
investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2) (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.




     (v) It is purchasing the Class B Notes for its own account for investment, and not with
a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution thereof in violation of
the Securities Act, subject to any requirements of law that the disposition of its property
shall be at all times within its control and subject to its ability to resell such Class B
Notes.




     (vi) It agrees that if in the future it should offer, sell or otherwise transfer such
Class B Note or any interest or participation therein, it will do so only (A) to the Issuer,
(B) pursuant to Rule 144A to a person it reasonably believes is a QIB in a transaction
meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, purchasing for its own account or for the account of
a QIB, whom it has informed that such offer, sale or other transfer is being made in
reliance on Rule 144A or (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule
501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act). Prior to any transfer of the Class B
Notes, the transferee shall be required to deliver the investment letter and, if applicable,
the opinion described in Section 2.17 of this Indenture.




     (vii) It agrees that under applicable United States federal income tax law, so long as
it holds Class B Notes it will remain the sole beneficial owner of such Class B Notes, and
no taxes will be required to be withheld by the Trustee or any other Person with respect to
any payments to be made to the Class B Note Holder in respect of such Class B Notes.




     (viii) It will provide to the Trustee duly executed copies of United States IRS Form
W-9 prior to its receipt of any payment in respect of the Class B Notes, and will provide
like forms prior to the expiration or obsolescence of any previously delivered form, as well
as providing such other forms and documentation as may be sufficient under applicable law
for claiming an exemption from withholding or deduction of tax with respect to the Class B
Notes.




     (ix) It represents, under penalties of perjury, that it is, and for so long as it owns
the Class B Notes or an interest therein, it will be a “U.S. person” for federal



39









 







income tax purposes and it will notify the Trustee within 60 days of any change in its
status as a U.S. person.




     (x) It is not (i) an employee benefit plan or arrangement that is subject to Title I of
ERISA, (ii) a plan, individual retirement account or other arrangement that is subject to
Section 4975 of the Code, or (iii) an entity the underlying assets of which are considered
to include “plan assets” of, and it is not purchasing the Class B Notes on behalf of, any
such plan, account or arrangement. It will not transfer the Class B Notes to any person or
entity, unless such person or entity could itself truthfully make the foregoing
representations and covenants as presented in this clause (x).




     (xi) It acknowledges that the Depositor and the Issuer and others will rely on the
truth and accuracy of the foregoing acknowledgments, representations and agreements, and
agrees that if any of the foregoing acknowledgments, representations and agreements deemed
to have been made by it are no longer accurate, it shall promptly notify the Issuer.




     (xii) It acknowledges that transfers of the Class B Notes or any interest or
participation therein shall otherwise be subject in all respects to the restrictions
applicable thereto contained in this Indenture.



          Any transfer, resale, pledge or other transfer of the Class B Notes contrary to the
restrictions set forth above and elsewhere in this Indenture shall be deemed void ab initio by the
Issuer and the Trustee.




     (f) Each Owner and Holder of any Notes understands and acknowledges that the Issuer has
structured this Indenture and the Notes with the intention that the Notes will qualify under
applicable tax law as indebtedness of the Issuer, and the Issuer and each Noteholder by acceptance
of its Class A Note or Class B Note agrees to treat the Notes (or interests therein) as
indebtedness for purposes of federal, state, local and foreign income or franchise taxes or any
other applicable tax.



     (g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, each Note and this Indenture
may be amended or supplemented to modify the restrictions on and procedures for resale and other
transfers of the Notes to reflect any change in applicable law or regulation (or the interpretation
thereof) or in practices relating to the resale or transfer of restricted securities generally
(provided, however, that no such amendment or supplement shall in any way impact
the Interest Rate Swap). Each Noteholder shall, by its acceptance of such Note, have agreed to any
such amendment or supplement.



     Section 2.7 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes. If (i) any mutilated Note is
surrendered to the Trustee, or the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the
destruction, loss or theft of any Note, and (ii) in the case of a destroyed, lost or stolen Note,
there is delivered to the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by it to hold the
Issuer and the Trustee harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Issuer, the Note Registrar
or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a protected purchaser, and provided that
the requirements of Section 8-405 of the UCC are met, the Issuer shall execute and upon its request
the Trustee shall



40









 







authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a replacement Note; provided, however, that if any
such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, but not a mutilated Note, shall have become or within twenty
(20) days shall become due and payable, or shall have been called for redemption, instead of
issuing a replacement Note, the Issuer may pay such destroyed, lost or stolen Note when so due or
payable or upon the redemption date without surrender thereof. If, after the delivery of such
replacement Note or payment of a destroyed, lost or stolen Note pursuant to the proviso to the
preceding sentence, a protected purchaser of the original Note in lieu of which such replacement
Note was issued presents for payment such original Note, the Issuer and the Trustee shall be
entitled to recover such replacement Note (or such payment) from the Person to whom it was
delivered or any Person taking such replacement Note from such Person to whom such replacement Note
was delivered or any assignee of such Person, except a protected purchaser, and shall be entitled
to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage,
claim, liability, cost or expense incurred by the Issuer or the Trustee, its agents and/or counsel,
in connection therewith.



     Upon the issuance of any replacement Note under this Section 2.7, the Issuer may require the
payment by the Holder of such Note of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental
charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other reasonable expenses (including the
fees and expenses of the Trustee, its agents and/or counsel) connected therewith.



     Except as set forth in the first paragraph of this Section 2.7, every replacement Note issued
pursuant to this Section 2.7 in replacement of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall
constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuer, whether or not the
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be
entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other
Notes duly issued hereunder.



     The provisions of this Section 2.7 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all
other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost
or stolen Notes.



     Section 2.8 Persons Deemed Owner. Prior to due presentment for registration of
transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee may treat
the Person in whose name any Note is registered (as of the day of determination) as the owner of
such Note for the purpose of receiving payments of principal of and interest, if any, on such Note
and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and neither the Issuer,
the Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.



41









 





     Section 2.9 Payment of Principal and Interest; Defaulted Interest.



     (a) The Notes of each Class shall accrue interest from and including the Closing Date at the
Note Interest Rate for that Class. Interest on the Class A-1 Notes will be computed on the basis
of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. Interest on the Class A-2 Notes will be
calculated on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days that elapsed during the
related Interest Accrual Period. Interest on the Class B Notes will be calculated on the basis of
a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. Interest shall be due and payable on the
Payment Date in June 2007 and each Payment Date thereafter until all principal amounts on the Notes
have been repaid. The amount of interest due and payable on the Notes with respect to each Payment
Date shall be an amount equal to the Accrued Interest with respect to such Payment Date. Any
installment of interest or principal, if any, or any other amount, payable on any Note which is
punctually paid or duly provided for by the Issuer on the applicable Payment Date shall be paid to
the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered on the Record
Date, by check mailed first-class, postage prepaid to such Person’s address as it appears on the
Note Register on such Record Date, (i) except that with respect to Notes registered on the Record
Date in the name of the Clearing Agency or the nominee of the Clearing Agency (initially, such
nominee to be Cede & Co.), payment will be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to
the account designated by such nominee, (ii) except that if the Holders of the Class B Notes shall
have provided written wire transfer instructions to the Trustee not less than five Business Days
prior to the Payment Date, then the Trustee shall make payment to the Holder of the Class B Notes
by wire transfer in immediately available funds and (iii) except for (A) the final installment of
principal payable with respect to such Note on a Payment Date and (B) the redemption price for any
Note called for redemption pursuant to Section 2.18, in each case which shall be payable as
provided below; provided, however, that the Insurer will be subrogated to the
rights of each Class A Noteholder to receive payments of principal and interest, as applicable,
with respect to distributions on the Class A Notes to the extent of any payment by the Insurer
under the Insurance Policy and the Insurer will be reimbursed therefor, together with interest
thereon as provided in the Insurance Agreement, in accordance with Sections 3.1 and 11.7.



     (b) To the extent of Available Funds, principal shall be due and payable on the Notes as
provided in Section 3.1(a) or if a Sequential Order Event has occurred and is continuing as
provided in Section 3.1(b), and the principal amount of the Notes to the extent not previously
paid, shall be due and payable on the Rated Final Maturity Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes shall be due and payable, if not previously paid,
on the date on which an Event of Default described in Section 11.1 shall have occurred and be
continuing, if the Notes have been declared to be immediately due and payable as provided in
Section 11.1. Principal payments on the Notes of any Class shall be made pro rata to the
Noteholders entitled thereto. The Insurer will be subrogated to the rights of each Class A
Noteholder to receive payments of principal with respect to distributions on the Class A Notes to
the extent of any payment by the Insurer under the Insurance Policy and the Insurer will be
reimbursed therefor, together with interest thereon as provided in the Insurance Agreement, in
accordance with Sections 3.1 and 11.7.



     Notices in connection with redemptions of Notes shall be mailed or sent by facsimile to
Noteholders, the Insurer and the Swap Counterparty as provided in Section 15.6.




42










 





     (c) If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes when such interest
becomes due and payable on any Payment Date, the Issuer shall pay defaulted interest (plus interest
on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful) at the applicable Note Interest Rate in any lawful
manner. Unless the interest shall have been paid by the Insurer, the Issuer may pay such defaulted
interest to the persons who are Noteholders on a subsequent special record date, which special
record date shall be fixed or caused to be fixed by the Issuer and shall be at least three Business
Days prior to the payment date. The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed any such payment date,
and, prior to the third Business Day prior to any such special record date, the Issuer shall mail
or transmit by facsimile to each Noteholder, the Insurer and the Swap Counterparty a notice that
states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid.



     (d) Holders of a beneficial interest in Class A Notes sold in reliance on Regulation S as
Temporary Regulation S Global Notes are prohibited from receiving payments or from exchanging
beneficial interests in such Temporary Regulation S Global Notes for Permanent Regulation S Global
Notes until the later of (i) the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period (the
“Exchange Date”) and (ii) the furnishing of a certificate, substantially in the form of
Exhibit C attached hereto, certifying that the beneficial owner of the Temporary Regulation S
Global Note is a non-U.S. person (a “Regulation S Certificate”) as provided in Section
2.12.



     Section 2.10
Cancellation. All Notes surrendered for payment, registration of transfer, exchange or
redemption shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee
and shall, following its receipt thereof, be promptly canceled by the Trustee. The Issuer may at
any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered
hereunder which the Issuer may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered
shall, following its receipt thereof, be promptly canceled by the Trustee. No Notes shall be
authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes canceled as provided in this Section 2.10,
except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All canceled Notes shall be returned to the
Issuer.



     Section 2.11
Global Notes. The Class A Notes, upon original issuance, will be issued in global form (i) to
QIBs in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance on
Rule 144A, as a single note in fully registered form, without interest coupons (the “Rule 144A
Global Note”), authenticated and delivered in substantially the forms attached hereto included
in Exhibit A and/or (ii) as a single note in “offshore transactions” (within the meaning of
Regulation S), in fully registered form, without interest coupons (the “Temporary Regulation S
Global Note”), authenticated and delivered in substantially the forms attached hereto included
in Exhibit A. Such Class A Notes shall be delivered to The Depository Trust Company, the initial
Clearing Agency, by, or on behalf of, the Issuer and shall initially be registered on the Note
Register in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of the initial Clearing Agency, and no Note Owner
will receive a Definitive Note representing such Note Owner’s interest in such Class A Note, except
as provided in Section 2.15. Unless and until definitive, fully registered Class A Notes (the
“Definitive Notes”) have been issued to Note Owners pursuant to Section 2.15:




               (i) the provisions of this Section 2.11 shall be in full force and effect;



43









 






               (ii) the Note Registrar and the Trustee shall be entitled to deal with the Clearing
Agency for all purposes of this Indenture relating to the Class A Notes (including the
payment of principal of and interest on the Class A Notes and the giving of instructions or
directions hereunder) as the sole holder of the Class A Notes (except to the extent that the
Insurer is entitled to such payments), and shall have no obligation to the Class A Note
Owners;




               (iii) to the extent that the provisions of this Section 2.11 conflict with any other
provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Section 2.11 shall control;




               (iv) the rights of Class A Note Owners shall be exercised only through the Clearing
Agency and shall be limited to those established by law and agreements between such Class A
Note Owners and the Clearing Agency and/or the Clearing Agency Participants in accordance
with the Depository Agreement. Unless and until Definitive Notes are issued pursuant to
Section 2.15, the initial Clearing Agency will make book-entry transfers among the Clearing
Agency Participants and receive and transmit payments of principal of and interest on the
Class A Notes to such Clearing Agency Participants;




               (v) whenever this Indenture requires or permits actions to be taken based upon
instructions or directions of Holders of Class A Notes evidencing a specified percentage of
the Aggregate Principal Amount of the Class A Notes, the Clearing Agency shall be deemed to
represent such percentage only to the extent that it has received instructions to such
effect from Note Owners and/or Clearing Agency Participants owning or representing such
required percentage of the Aggregate Principal Amount of the Class A Notes and has delivered
such instructions to the Trustee; and




               (vi) the Class A Notes may not be transferred as a whole except by the Clearing Agency
to a nominee of the Clearing Agency or by a nominee of the Clearing Agency to the Clearing
Agency or another nominee of the Clearing Agency or by the Clearing Agency or any such
nominee to a successor Clearing Agency or a nominee of such successor Clearing Agency.



     Section 2.12 Regulation S Global Notes.



     (a) Class A Notes issued in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act will initially
be in the form of a Temporary Regulation S Global Note. Any beneficial interest in a Class A Note
evidenced by the Temporary Regulation S Global Note is exchangeable for a beneficial interest in a
Class A Note in fully registered, global form, without interest coupons, authenticated and
delivered in substantially the form attached hereto in Exhibit A (the “Permanent Regulation S
Global Note”), upon the later of (i) the Exchange Date and (ii) the furnishing of a Regulation
S Certificate.



     (b) (i) On or prior to the Exchange Date, each owner of a beneficial interest in a Temporary
Regulation S Global Note shall deliver to Euroclear or Clearstream (as applicable) a Regulation S
Certificate; provided, however, that any owner of a beneficial interest in a
Temporary Regulation S Global Note on the Exchange Date or on any Payment Date that has



44









 




previously delivered a Regulation S Certificate hereunder shall not be required to deliver any
subsequent Regulation S Certificate (unless the certificate previously delivered is no longer true
as of such subsequent date, in which case such owner shall promptly notify Euroclear or
Clearstream, as applicable, thereof and shall deliver an updated Regulation S Certificate).
Euroclear and/or Clearstream, as applicable, shall deliver to the Paying Agent or the Trustee a
certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C (a “Non-U.S. Certificate”) attached
hereto promptly upon the receipt of each such Regulation S Certificate, and no such owner (or
transferee from such owner) shall be entitled to receive a beneficial interest in a Permanent
Regulation S Global Note or any payment of or principal of interest on or any other payment with
respect to its beneficial interest in a Temporary Regulation S Global Note prior to the Paying
Agent or the Trustee receiving such Non-U.S. Certificate from Euroclear or Clearstream with respect
to the portion of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note owned by such owner (and, with respect to
a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, prior to the Exchange Date).




     (c) Any payments of principal of, interest on or any other payment on a Temporary Regulation S
Global Note received by Euroclear or Clearstream with respect to any portion of such Regulation S
Global Note owned by a Note Owner that has not delivered the Regulation S Certificate required by
this Section 2.12 shall be held by Euroclear and Clearstream solely as agents for the Paying Agent
and the Trustee. Euroclear and Clearstream shall remit such payments to the applicable Note Owner
(or to a Euroclear or Clearstream member on behalf of such Note Owner) only after Euroclear or
Clearstream has received the requisite Regulation S Certificate. Until the Paying Agent or the
Trustee has received a Non-U.S. Certificate from Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, that it
has received the requisite Regulation S Certificate with respect to the ownership of a beneficial
interest in any portion of a Temporary Regulation S Global Note, the Paying Agent or the Trustee
may revoke the right of Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, to hold any payments made with
respect to such portion of such Temporary Regulation S Global Note. If the Paying Agent or the
Trustee exercises its right of revocation pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, Euroclear
or Clearstream, as applicable, shall return such payments to the Paying Agent or the Trustee and
the Trustee shall hold such payments in the Collection Account until Euroclear or Clearstream, as
applicable, has provided the necessary Non-U.S. Certificates to the Paying Agent or the Trustee (at
which time the Paying Agent shall forward such payments to Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable,
to be remitted to the Note Owner that is entitled thereto on the records of Euroclear or
Clearstream (or on the records of their respective members)).



     Each Note Owner with respect to a Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall exchange its
beneficial interest therein for a beneficial interest in a Permanent Regulation S Global Note on or
after the Exchange Date upon furnishing to Euroclear or Clearstream (as applicable) the Regulation
S Certificate and upon receipt by the Paying Agent or the Trustee, as applicable, of the Non-U.S.
Certificate thereof from Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, in each case pursuant to the
terms of this Section 2.12. On and after the Exchange Date, upon receipt by the Paying Agent or
the Trustee of any Non-U.S. Certificate from Euroclear or Clearstream described in the immediately
preceding sentence (i) with respect to the first such certification, the Issuer shall execute, upon
receipt of an order to authenticate, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Clearing
Agency Custodian the applicable Permanent Regulation S Global Note and (ii) with respect to the
first and all subsequent certifications, the



45









 




Clearing Agency Custodian shall exchange on behalf of the applicable owners the portion of the
applicable Temporary Regulation S Global Note covered by such certification for a comparable
portion of the applicable Permanent Regulation S Global Note. Upon any exchange of a portion of a
Temporary Regulation S Global Note for a comparable portion of a Permanent Regulation S Global
Note, the Clearing Agency Custodian shall endorse on the schedules affixed to each such Regulation
S Global Note (or on continuations of such schedules affixed to each such Regulation S Global Note
and made parts thereof) appropriate notations evidencing the date of transfer and (x) with respect
to the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, a decrease in the principal amount thereof equal to the
amount covered by the applicable certification and (y) with respect to the Permanent Regulation S
Global Note, an increase in the principal amount thereof equal to the principal amount of the
decrease in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note pursuant to clause (x) above.




     Section 2.13 Special Transfer Provisions



     (a) If a holder of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note wishes at any time to
exchange its beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note for a beneficial interest in the
Regulation S Global Note, or to transfer a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note to a
person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S
Global Note, such holder may, subject to the rules and procedures of the Clearing Agency and to the
requirements set forth in the following sentence, exchange or cause the exchange or transfer or
cause the transfer of the beneficial interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in the
Regulation S Global Note. Upon receipt by the Trustee of (1) instructions given in accordance with
the Clearing Agency’s procedures from or on behalf of a Note Owner of the Rule 144A Global Note,
directing the Trustee (via the Clearing Agency’s Deposit/Withdrawal of Custodian System
(“DWAC”)), as transfer agent, to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in
the Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global
Note to be exchanged or transferred, (2) a written order in accordance with the Clearing Agency’s
procedures containing information regarding the Euroclear or Clearstream account to be credited
with such increase and the name of such account, and (3) a certificate given by such Note Owner
stating that the exchange or transfer of such beneficial interest has been made pursuant to and in
accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, the Trustee, as
transfer agent, shall promptly deliver appropriate instructions to the Clearing Agency (via DWAC),
its nominee, or the custodian for the Clearing Agency, as the case may be, to reduce or reflect on
its records a reduction of the Rule 144A Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the
beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred from the
relevant participant, and the Trustee, as transfer agent, shall promptly deliver appropriate
instructions (via DWAC) to the Clearing Agency, its nominee, or the custodian for the Clearing
Agency, as the case may be, concurrently with such reduction, to increase or reflect on its records
an increase of the principal amount of such Regulation S Global Note by the aggregate principal
amount of the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred,
and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the person specified in such instructions
(who may be Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of Euroclear or Clearstream or another agent
member of Euroclear, or Clearstream, or both, as the case may be, acting for and on behalf of them)
a beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Note equal to the reduction in the principal
amount of the Rule 144A Global Note.



46









 




Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Trustee may conclusively rely upon the completed
schedule set forth in the certificate representing the Notes.




     (b) If a holder of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note wishes at any time to
exchange its beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note for a beneficial interest in the
Rule 144A Global Note, or to transfer a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to a
person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of beneficial interest in the Rule 144A
Global Note, such holder may, subject to the rules and procedures of Euroclear or Clearstream and
the Clearing Agency, as the case may be, and to the requirements set forth in the following
sentence, exchange or cause the exchange or transfer or cause the transfer of such beneficial
interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note. Upon receipt by the
Trustee, as transfer agent, of (1) instructions given in accordance with the procedures of
Euroclear or Clearstream and the Clearing Agency, as the case may be, from or on behalf of a Note
Owner of the Regulation S Global Note directing the Trustee, as transfer agent, to credit or cause
to be credited a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note in an amount equal to the
beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to be exchanged or transferred, (2) a written
order given in accordance with the procedures of Euroclear or Clearstream and the Clearing Agency,
as the case may be, containing information regarding the account with the Clearing Agency to be
credited with such increase and the name of such account, and (3) prior to the expiration of the
Distribution Compliance Period, a certificate given by such Note Owner stating that the person
transferring such beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Note reasonably believes that the
person acquiring such beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note is a QIB and is obtaining
such beneficial interest for its own account or the account of a QIB in a transaction meeting the
requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act and any applicable securities laws of any state
of the United States or any other jurisdiction, the Trustee, as transfer agent, shall promptly
deliver (via DWAC) appropriate instructions to the Clearing Agency, its nominee, or the custodian
for the Clearing Agency, as the case may be, to reduce or reflect on its records a reduction of the
Regulation S Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in such
Regulation S Global Note to be exchanged or transferred, and the Trustee, as transfer agent, shall
promptly deliver (via DWAC) appropriate instructions to the Clearing Agency, its nominee, or the
custodian for the Clearing Agency, as the case may be, concurrently with such reduction, to
increase or reflect on its records an increase of the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note
by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to be
so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the person
specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note equal to the
reduction in the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note. After the expiration of the
Distribution Compliance Period, the certification requirement set forth in clause (3) of the second
sentence of this subsection 2.13(b) will no longer apply to such exchanges and transfers.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Trustee may conclusively rely upon the completed
schedule set forth in the certificate representing the Notes.



     (c) Any beneficial interest in one of the Global Notes that is transferred to a person who
takes delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the other Global Note will, upon transfer,
cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become a beneficial interest in the other Global
Note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions and other



47









 




procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it
remains such a beneficial interest.




     (d) Until the later of the Exchange Date and the provision of the certifications required by
Section 2.9(d), beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Note may only be held through
Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of Euroclear or Clearstream, or another agent member of
Euroclear and Clearstream acting for and on behalf of them. During the Distribution Compliance
Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may be exchanged for beneficial
interests in the Rule 144A Global Note only in accordance with the certification requirements
described above.



     Section 2.14 Notices to Clearing Agency Whenever a notice or other communication to
the Holders of the Class A Notes is required under this Indenture, unless and until Definitive
Notes shall have been issued to Class A Note Owners pursuant to Section 2.15, the Trustee shall
give all such notices and communications specified herein to be given to Holders of the Class A
Notes to the Clearing Agency, and shall have no obligation to the Class A Note Owners.



     Section 2.15 Definitive Notes



               (a) Class A Notes. If (i) the Issuer advises the Trustee in writing that
the Clearing Agency is no longer willing or able to properly discharge its responsibilities with
respect to the Class A Notes, and the Issuer is unable to locate a qualified successor, or (ii) to
the extent permitted by law, the Issuer, at its option advises the Trustee in writing that it
elects to terminate the book-entry system through the Clearing Agency, or (iii) after the
occurrence of an Event of Default or a Servicer Default, Majority Holders of the Class A Notes
advise the Issuer and the Clearing Agency in writing that the continuation of a book-entry system
through the Clearing Agency is no longer in the best interests of the Class A Note Owners, then the
Clearing Agency shall notify all Class A Note Owners and the Trustee of the occurrence of any such
event and of the availability of Definitive Notes to Class A Note Owners. Upon surrender to the
Trustee of the word-processed Class A Note or Class A Notes representing the Global Notes by the
Clearing Agency, accompanied by registration instructions, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee
shall authenticate the Definitive Notes in accordance with the instructions of the Clearing Agency.
None of the Issuer, the Note Registrar or the Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of
such instructions and may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, such
instructions. Upon the issuance of Definitive Notes to Note Owners, the Trustee shall recognize
the Holders of such Definitive Notes as Noteholders.



     (b) Class B Notes. The Class B Notes shall at all times be Definitive Notes.



     Section 2.16 Payments on the Notes



     (a) Subject to the availability of funds and to the Priority of Payments, the Notes will
provide for (i) the payment of Accrued Interest on each Payment Date until the earlier of the date
on which all Notes are paid in full and the Rated Final Maturity Date and (ii) (A) absent the
occurrence and continuation of a Sequential Order Event or the sale of the Collateral and
distribution under Section 11.7, the payment of the Principal Distribution Amount on each Payment
Date until the earlier of the date on which all Notes are paid in full and the Rated Final



48









 




Maturity Date, (B) if a Sequential Order Event has occurred and is continuing, the payment in
accordance with Section 3.19(b) of all Available Funds remaining after the application of clause
“NINTH” in subsection 3.1(a) in respect of principal until the earlier of the date on which all
Notes are paid in full and the Rated Final Maturity Date or (C) if the Collateral has been sold
under Article XI, distribution as provided in Section 11.7. All outstanding principal of the Notes
will be due and payable (unless paid on an earlier date) on the Rated Final Maturity Date. On the
Rated Final Maturity Date Noteholders will be entitled to the Reserve Draw Amount for such date, if
any and all remaining Available Funds necessary to reduce the Aggregate Principal Amount of the
Class A Notes to zero.




     (b) Interest and principal payable in respect of the Notes of any Class on any Payment Date
shall be paid to the Holders of the Notes of such Class as of the related Record Date;
provided, however, that the Insurer will be subrogated to the rights of each Class
A Noteholder to receive payments of principal and interest, as applicable, with respect to
distributions on the Class A Notes to the extent of any payment by the Insurer under the Insurance
Policy and the Insurer will be reimbursed therefor, together with interest thereon as provided in
the Insurance Agreement in accordance with Sections 3.1 and 11.7.



     (c) All reductions in the principal amount of a Note (or one or more predecessor Notes)
effected by payments of installments of principal made on any Payment Date shall be binding upon
all future Holders of such Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or
in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, whether or not such payment is noted on such Note;
provided, however, that any installment of principal that (i) is subsequently
rescinded or recaptured or (ii) is paid by the Insurer as a result of a draw under the Insurance
Policy shall not be considered paid by the Issuer.



     (d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, principal of, interest on and all
other amounts payable on or in respect of the Notes will constitute limited recourse obligations of
the Issuer secured by, and payable from and to the extent of available proceeds of, the Collateral
and with respect to Class A Notes only, any amounts paid by the Insurer pursuant to claims made
under the Insurance Policy. The Holders of the Notes shall have recourse to the Issuer only to the
extent of the Collateral, and following realization of the Collateral and with respect to the Class
A Notes only, all amounts available to the Trustee under the Insurance Policy, any claims of the
Holders of the Notes shall be extinguished and shall not revive thereafter. Neither the Issuer,
nor any of its respective agents, members, partners, beneficiaries, officers, directors, employees
or any Affiliate of any of them or any of their respective successors or assigns or any other
Person or entity shall be personally liable for any amounts payable, or performance due, under the
Notes or this Indenture. It is understood that the foregoing provisions of this paragraph shall
not (i) prevent recourse to the Collateral for the sums due or to become due under any security,
instrument or agreement which is secured by the Collateral, or (ii) constitute a waiver, release or
discharge of any indebtedness or obligation evidenced by the Notes or secured by this Indenture
until such Collateral has been realized whereupon any outstanding indebtedness or obligation shall
be extinguished. It is further understood that the foregoing provisions of this paragraph shall
not limit the right of any Person to name the Issuer as party defendant in any action, suit or in
the exercise of any other remedy under the Notes or in this Indenture, so long as no judgment in
the nature of a deficiency



49









 




judgment or seeking personal liability shall be asked for or (if obtained) enforced against
the Issuer.




     (e) For so long as any of the Class A Notes are admitted on the Official List of the
Luxembourg Stock Exchange and to trading on the Euro MTF market, or listed on any other stock
exchange, to the extent required by the rules of such exchange, the Issuer or, upon Issuer Order,
the Trustee, in the name and at the expense of the Issuer, shall notify such stock exchange in the
event that the Class A Notes do not receive scheduled payments of principal or interest on any
Payment Date and the Servicer at the expense of the Issuer will arrange for publication of such
information in a daily newspaper in Luxembourg or as otherwise required by such stock exchange.



               Section 2.17 Additional Requirements for Transfer of the Class B Notes. It shall be
a condition to the transfer of any of the Class B Notes that there first be delivered to the Issuer
and to the Trustee (1) an Investment Letter from the transferee of such Class B Notes in
substantially the form of the letter attached here to as Exhibit I but with such revisions,
modifications or exceptions as the Issuer may approve in writing and (2) if the transfer is to be
made other than in accordance with Rule 144A, an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such
transfer will not cause any of the Notes to be subject to registration under the Securities Act or
cause the Issuer to be subject to registration under the Investment Company Act. In addition, the
Class B Notes shall not be permitted to be transferred to any Person which is not a “United States
person” for United States federal income tax purposes and each transferee shall provide to the
Issuer and the Trustee a written acknowledgement, which may be included in the Investment Letter,
that such transferee is and will so long as it holds any Class B Notes be a “United States person”
for United States federal income tax purposes.



     Section 2.18 Clean-Up Call The Notes are subject to redemption by the Issuer on any
Payment Date on or after the date on which the Aggregate Loan Balance as of the end of the related
Due Period is 10% or less of the Aggregate Loan Balance as of the Cut-Off Date (such Payment Date,
the “Redemption Date”). The redemption price will be equal to the Aggregate Principal Amount plus
accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption; provided that any Termination
Payments due to the Swap Counterparty under the Interest Rate Swap plus all amounts then due and
owing to the Insurer under the Insurance Agreement will be required to be paid concurrently with or
prior to any such redemption.



     At any time after the Issuer has delivered notice of an optional redemption (but at least one
Business Day prior to the Redemption Date), the Issuer will deposit or cause to be deposited funds
into the Collection Account sufficient to pay all principal and interest due or to become due on
the Notes in connection with such redemption, plus related costs and expenses incurred or to be
incurred by the Trustee, plus all amounts then due and owing to the Swap Counterparty and to the
Insurer under the Insurance Agreement. The Trustee will invest the funds in the Collection Account
in Permitted Investments as directed by the Issuer pursuant to this Indenture and on the Redemption
Date will apply such funds deposited into the Collection Account and earnings on such funds to the
payment in full of all principal and interest due on the Notes and amounts owing to the Swap
Counterparty and the Insurer. Upon the full and final payment of the Notes and all interest
thereon and upon payment of all amounts due to the Swap Counterparty and the Insurer, and at the
written direction of the Issuer, the Collateral Agent will release its



50









 




Lien on the Collateral.




     Section 2.19  Authentication Agent



     (a) The Trustee may appoint one or more Authentication Agents with respect to the Notes which
shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee in authenticating the Notes in connection with
the issuance, delivery, registration of transfer, exchange or repayment of the Notes. Whenever
reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication of Notes by the Trustee or the Trustee’s
certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication on behalf
of the Trustee by an Authentication Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of
the Trustee by an Authentication Agent. Each Authentication Agent must be reasonably acceptable to
the Issuer and the Servicer.



     (b) Any institution succeeding to the corporate agency business of an Authentication Agent
shall continue to be an Authentication Agent without the execution or filing of any paper or any
further act on the part of the Trustee or such Authentication Agent.



     (c) An Authentication Agent may at any time resign by giving notice of resignation to the
Trustee, the Swap Counterparty and to the Issuer. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency
of an Authentication Agent by giving notice of termination to such Authentication Agent and to the
Issuer, the Insurer, the Swap Counterparty and the Servicer. Upon receiving such a notice of
resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time an Authentication Agent shall cease
to be acceptable to the Trustee or the Issuer, the Trustee may promptly appoint a successor
Authentication Agent. Any successor Authentication Agent upon acceptance of its appointment
hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder,
with like effect as if originally named as an Authentication Agent. No successor Authentication
Agent shall be appointed unless acceptable to the Issuer and the Servicer.



     (d) The Issuer agrees to pay to each Authentication Agent from time to time reasonable
compensation for its services under this Section 2.19.



     (e) The provisions of Sections 13.1 and 13.3 shall be applicable to any Authentication Agent.



     (f) Pursuant to an appointment made under this Section 2.19, the Notes may have endorsed
thereon, in lieu of or in addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternative
certificate of authentication in substantially the following form:



51









 





     “This is one of the Notes described in the within-mentioned Agreement.



	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	as Authentication Agent

for the Trustee
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Authorized Signatory”






     Section 2.20 Appointment of Paying Agent. The Trustee is hereby appointed as the
Paying Agent. The Issuer (with the prior written consent of the Insurer) reserves the right at any
time to appoint additional Paying Agents, provided that it will at all times maintain the
Trustee as a Paying Agent. If the Issuer has appointed any additional Paying Agent, the Trustee
reserves the right (with the prior written consent of the Insurer) at any time and for any reason
to remove such additional Paying Agent. Any reference in this Indenture to the Paying Agent shall
include any co-paying agent unless the context requires otherwise. The Paying Agent shall make
payments to Noteholders from the Collection Account or other applicable Account pursuant to the
provisions of this Indenture and shall report the amounts of such distributions to the Issuer.
Under the terms of Section 3.4(b), the Trustee as Paying Agent shall have the power to withdraw
funds from the Collection Account or other applicable Account for the purpose of making the
distributions referred to above.



     Section 2.21 Confidentiality. The Trustee and the Collateral Agent hereby agree not
to disclose to any Person any name or address of any Obligor under any Pledged Loan or other
information contained in the Loan Schedule or the data transmitted to the Trustee or the Collateral
Agent hereunder, except (i) as may be required by law, rule, regulation or order applicable to it
or in response to any subpoena or other valid legal process, (ii) as may be necessary in connection
with any request of any federal or state regulatory authority having jurisdiction over it or the
National Association of Insurance Commissioners, (iii) in connection with the performance of its
duties hereunder, (iv) to a Successor Servicer appointed pursuant to Section 12.2, (v) in enforcing
the rights of Noteholders and (vi) as requested by any Person in connection with the financing
statements filed pursuant to the Transaction Documents. The Trustee and the Collateral Agent
hereby agree to take such measures as shall be reasonably requested by the Issuer of it to protect
and maintain the security and confidentiality of such information. The Trustee and the Collateral
Agent shall use reasonable efforts to provide the Issuer with written notice five days prior to any
disclosure pursuant to this Section 2.21.



     Nothing in the foregoing paragraph should, however, be construed to limit the ability of the
Trustee, the Insurer and the Collateral Agent (and their respective Affiliates, employees,
officers, directors, agents and advisors) to disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of
any kind, the tax structure and tax treatment (as such terms are used in sections 6011, 6111, and
6112 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder) of the Notes, and all materials of any
kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that have been provided to the Trustee, the Insurer
or the Collateral Agent related to such tax structure and tax treatment. In this regard, the



52









 




Trustee, the Insurer and the Collateral Agent acknowledge and agree that disclosure of the tax
structure or tax treatment of the Notes is not limited in any way by an express or implied
understanding or agreement, oral or written (whether or not such understanding or agreement is
legally binding). Furthermore, the Trustee, the Insurer and the Collateral Agent acknowledge and
agree that they do not know or have reason to know that the use or disclosure of information
relating to the tax structure or tax treatment of the Notes is limited in any other manner (such as
where the Notes are claimed to be proprietary or exclusive) for the benefit of any other Person.
Neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall be permitted to disclose the tax structure and
tax treatment of the Notes to the extent that such disclosure would constitute a violation of
federal or state securities laws.




     Section 2.22 144A Information. So long as the Issuer is not subject to Section 13 or
15(d) of the Exchange Act, upon the request of a Holder of Notes, the Issuer shall promptly furnish
or cause to be furnished to such Holder and to a prospective purchaser of such Note designated by
such Holder, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the
Securities Act to permit compliance with Rule 144A in connection with resales of the Notes in
accordance with the terms hereof (such information being contemplated to consist of a copy of the
Offering Circular together with all Monthly Servicing Reports delivered to the Issuer since the
Closing Date and, with respect to the Class B Notes, a supplement to the Offering Circular.)



ARTICLE III




PAYMENTS, SECURITY AND ALLOCATIONS




     Section 3.1 Priority of Payments, Sequential Order.



     (a) The Trustee shall apply, based on written instruction to the Trustee from the Servicer, on
each Payment Date, (i) Available Funds for that Payment Date on deposit in the Collection Account,
(ii) pursuant to Section 3.5(b), the Reserve Account Draw Amount, if any, for that Payment Date and
(iii) proceeds of any claims on the Insurance Policy to make the following payments and in the
following order of priority (provided that claims on the Insurance Policy shall be used solely to
pay interest and principal on the Class A Notes):




               FIRST, to the Trustee the Monthly Trustee Fees and expenses of the Trustee to the
extent not paid by the Servicer, plus accrued and unpaid Monthly Trustee Fees and expenses
for prior Payment Dates; provided, however, that (i) any payments to the
Trustee as reimbursement for expenses of the Trustee related to the transfer of servicing to
a successor servicer and payable in priority FIRST will be limited to payments of $100,000
per calendar quarter and $340,000 in the aggregate, and (ii) payments to the Trustee as
reimbursement for any other expenses of the Trustee will be limited to $10,000 per calendar
year as long as no Event of Default has occurred, and the Notes have not been accelerated,
or the Collateral sold, pursuant to this Indenture;




               SECOND, to the Servicer, the Monthly Servicer Fee plus any unreimbursed Servicer
Advances made in respect of any prior Payment Dates, plus any accrued and unpaid Monthly
Servicer Fees;



53









 






               THIRD, to the Swap Counterparty, the Net Swap Payment, if any;




               FOURTH, to the extent not previously paid pursuant to the Custodial Agreement to the
Custodian the Monthly Custodian Fee, plus any accrued and unpaid Monthly Custodian Fees for
prior Payment Dates, not to exceed an amount on such Payment Date equal to one-twelfth of
0.06% of the Aggregate Loan Balance as of the beginning of the related Due Period;




               FIFTH, to the extent not paid by the Servicer, to the Collateral Agent, the Monthly
Collateral Agent Fee, plus any accrued and unpaid Monthly Collateral Agent Fees for prior
Payment Dates;




               SIXTH, as long as no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing, to the Insurer,
any accrued and unpaid Insurance Premium;




               SEVENTH, (A) first to the holders of the Class A-1 Notes, Accrued Interest on the Class
A-1 Notes, and to the holders of the Class A-2 Notes, Accrued Interest on the Class A-2
Notes; to the extent that there are insufficient funds to pay both such amounts in full,
such amounts shall be paid pro rata between the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes in
proportion to the percentage which each such Class represents of the Principal Amount of all
Class A Notes and (B) then to the extent funds remain to the Insurer any Reimbursement
Amount due as a result of Insured Amounts paid as interest on the Class A Notes;




               EIGHTH, to the Holder of the Class B Notes, Accrued Interest on the Class B Notes;




               NINTH, to the Insurer, any other Reimbursement Amounts then due and owing to the
Insurer;




               TENTH, (A) if no Sequential Order Event has occurred and is continuing, to the
Noteholders and the Swap Counterparty, the Principal Distribution Amount plus the then
unpaid Senior Priority Swap Termination Amount, if any, allocated pro rata among the Class
A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the Class B Notes and the Swap Counterparty based upon the
percentage which the Principal Amount of each Class and the amount of the unpaid Senior
Priority Swap Termination Amount represents of the sum of the Aggregate Principal Amount
plus the unpaid Senior Priority Swap Termination Amount; otherwise (B) if a Sequential Order
Event has occurred and is continuing, all remaining Available Funds will be paid to the
Noteholders and the Swap Counterparty according to subsection 3.1(b);




               ELEVENTH, to the Noteholders of each Class, the Extra Principal Distribution Amount,
pro rata in proportion to their respective Class Percentages;




               TWELFTH, if the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account is less than the Reserve
Required Amount, to the Reserve Account the remaining amount of Available Funds to the
extent needed to increase the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account to the Reserve
Required Amount;



54









 






               THIRTEENTH, (i) first, to the Insurer, any other amounts due to the Insurer pursuant to
the Insurance Agreement and (ii) second, to the Trustee, any other amounts due to the
Trustee under this Indenture;




               FOURTEENTH, to the Swap Counterparty, any amounts owing to the Swap Counterparty in
respect of a termination of the Interest Rate Swap not paid pursuant to clause TENTH, above;
and




               FIFTEENTH, to the Issuer, any remaining Available Funds free and clear of the lien of
this Indenture.



     (b) Sequential Order. If a Sequential Order Event occurs and is continuing, on each
Payment Date all Available Funds remaining after application of clause “NINTH” in subsection (a)
above shall be applied to pay principal of the Notes and the Senior Priority Swap Termination
Amount, if any, in the following order of priority: (A) first (i) to the holders of the Class A-1
Notes the lesser of (a) the amount allocated to the Class A-1 Notes when all Available Funds are
allocated pro rata between the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes in proportion to their
respective Principal Amounts and (b) the Principal Amount of the Class A-1 Notes and (ii) to the
holders of the Class A-2 Notes and the Swap Counterparty, the lesser of (a) the amount allocated to
the Class A-2 Notes when all Available Funds are allocated pro rata between the Class A-1 Notes and
the Class A-2 Notes in proportion to their respective Principal Amounts, and (b) the Principal
Amount of the Class A-2 Notes and the Senior Priority Swap Termination Amount, if any, pro rata in
proportion to the Principal Amount of the Class A-2 Notes and the unpaid Senior Priority Swap
Termination Amount, respectively, until such amounts are reduced to zero; in addition, if the
Payment Date is the Rated Final Maturity Date, all Reserve Account Draw Amounts for such date will
be allocated pro rata between the Class A-1 Notes and Class A-2 Notes, in proportion to their
respective Principal Amounts until the outstanding Principal Amounts have been reduced to zero;
provided, however, that on any Payment Date on which the Principal Amount of the Class A-1 Notes
has been reduced to zero, but the Principal Amount of the Class A-2 Notes has not been reduced to
zero any remaining Available Funds shall be allocated to the remaining Class A-2 Notes (in which
case the amount allocated to the Class A-2 Notes shall be applied pro rata to the Class A-2 Notes
and the Senior Priority Swap Termination Amount, if any) until the Principal Amount of all
remaining Class A-2 Notes has been reduced to zero; and (B) second to the holder of the Class B
Notes any remaining Available Funds until the outstanding Principal Amount of the Class B Notes has
been reduced to zero and if the Payment Date is the Rated Final Maturity Date, any remaining
Reserve Account Draw Amounts for such date will be applied to the outstanding Principal Amount of
the Class B Notes until the Principal Amount of the Class B Notes has been reduced to zero.



     Funds remaining on any Payment Date after making the payments described in the preceding
paragraph while a Sequential Order Event shall be in effect, shall be applied as provided in
provisions ELEVENTH through FIFTEENTH in subsection 3.1(a) above.



     (c) Application of Monies Collected During Event of Default. If the Notes have been
accelerated following an Event of Default and such acceleration and its consequences have not been
rescinded and annulled, and the Trustee has sold the Collateral, the proceeds collected by



55









 




the Trustee pursuant to Article XI or otherwise with respect to such Notes shall be applied as
provided in Section 11.7.




     Section 3.2 Information Provided to Trustee. The Servicer shall promptly provide the
Trustee in writing with all information necessary to enable the Trustee to make the payments and
deposits required pursuant to Section 3.1 as required by Section 8.1, and the Trustee shall be
entitled to rely thereon.



     Section 3.3 Payments. On each Payment Date, the Trustee, as Paying Agent, shall
distribute to the Holders and the other parties entitled thereto the amounts due and payable under
this Indenture and the Notes.



     Section 3.4 Collection Account



     (a) Collection Account. The Trustee, for the benefit of the Noteholders, the Insurer
and the Swap Counterparty, shall establish and maintain in the name of the Trustee, a segregated
account designated as the “Sierra Timeshare 2007-1 Receivables Funding, LLC Series 2007-1
Collection Account” bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are
held for the benefit of the Noteholders, the Insurer and the Swap Counterparty pursuant to this
Indenture. Deposits made into the Collection Account shall be limited to amounts deposited therein
on the Closing Date, amounts paid to the Issuer under the terms of the Interest Rate Swap,
Collections and other Available Funds and earnings on the Collection Account. If, at any time, the
Collection Account ceases to be an Eligible Account, the Trustee (or the Servicer on its behalf)
shall within 10 Business Days establish a new Collection Account as an Eligible Account and shall
transfer any property in the Collection Account to the new Collection Account. So long as the
Trustee is an Eligible Institution, the Collection Account may be maintained with it in an Eligible
Account.



     (b) Withdrawals. The Trustee shall have the sole and exclusive right to withdraw or
order a transfer of funds from the Collection Account, in all events in accordance with the terms
and provisions of this Indenture and the information most recently delivered to the Trustee
pursuant to Section 8.1; provided, however, that the Trustee shall be authorized to
accept and act upon instructions from the Servicer regarding withdrawals or transfers of funds from
the Collection Account, in all events in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the
information most recently delivered pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 8.1. In addition, notwithstanding
anything in the foregoing to the contrary, the Trustee shall be authorized to accept instructions
from the Servicer on a daily basis regarding withdrawals or order transfers of funds from the
Collection Account, to the extent such funds either (i) have been mistakenly deposited into the
Collection Account (including without limitation funds representing assessments or dues payable by
Obligors to property owners associations or other entities) or (ii) relate to items subsequently
returned for insufficient funds or as a result of stop payments. In the case of any withdrawal or
transfer pursuant to the foregoing sentence, the Servicer shall provide the Trustee, the Insurer
and the Swap Counterparty with notice of such withdrawal or transfer, together with reasonable
supporting details, on the next Monthly Servicing Report to be delivered by the Servicer following
the date of such withdrawal or transfer (or in such earlier written notice as may be required by
the Trustee from the Servicer from time to time). Notwithstanding anything therein to the
contrary, the Trustee shall be entitled to make



56









 




withdrawals or order transfers of funds from the Collection Account, in the amount of all
reasonable and appropriate out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Trustee in connection
with any misdirected funds described in clause (i) and (ii) of the second foregoing sentence.
Within two Business Days of receipt, the Servicer shall transfer all Collections and other proceeds
of the Collateral processed by the Servicer to the Trustee for deposit into the Collection Account.
The Trustee shall deposit or cause to be deposited into the Collection Account upon receipt the
Release Price in respect of releases of Pledged Loans by the Issuer. On each Payment Date, the
Trustee shall apply amounts in the Collection Account to make the payments and disbursements
described in Section 3.1 and this Section 3.4.




     (c) Administration of the Collection Account. Funds in the Collection Account shall,
at the direction of the Servicer, at all times be invested in Permitted Investments;
provided, however, that all Permitted Investments shall mature on the Business Day
preceding each Payment Date, in order to ensure that funds on deposit therein will be available on
such Payment Date. Subject to the restrictions set forth in the first sentence of this subsection
3.4(c), the Servicer shall instruct the Trustee in writing regarding the investment of funds on
deposit in the Collection Account. All investment earnings on such funds shall be deemed to be
available to the Trustee for the uses specified in this Indenture. The Trustee shall be fully
protected in following the investment instructions of the Servicer, and shall have no obligation
for keeping the funds fully invested at all times or for making any investments other than in
accordance with such written investment instructions. If no investment instructions are received
from the Servicer, the Trustee is authorized to invest the funds in Permitted Investments described
in clause (v) of the definition thereof. In no event shall the Trustee be liable for any
investment losses incurred in connection with the investment of funds on deposit in the Collection
Account by the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture.



     (d) Irrevocable Deposit. Any deposit made into the Collection Account hereunder
shall, except as otherwise provided herein, be irrevocable, and the amount of such deposit and any
money, instruments, investment property or other property on deposit in, carried in or credited to
the Collection Account hereunder and all interest thereon shall be held in trust by the Trustee and
applied solely as provided herein.



     (e) Source. All amounts delivered to the Trustee shall be accompanied by information
in reasonable detail and in writing specifying the source and nature of the amounts.



     Section 3.5 Reserve Account



     (a) Creation and Funding of the Reserve Account. The Trustee shall establish and
maintain in the name of the Trustee, an Eligible Account designated as the “Sierra Timeshare 2007-1
Receivables Funding, LLC Reserve Account” bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds
deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Noteholders, the Insurer and the Swap
Counterparty pursuant to this Indenture. The Reserve Account shall be under the sole dominion and
control of the Trustee; however, if so directed by the Servicer, the Reserve Account may be an
Eligible Account in the name of the Trustee opened at another Eligible Institution. If, at any
time, the Reserve Account ceases to be an Eligible Account, the Trustee (or the Servicer on its
behalf) shall within 10 Business Days establish a new Reserve Account as an Eligible Account and
shall transfer any property in the Reserve Account to such new Reserve



57









 




Account. So long as the Trustee is an Eligible Institution, the Reserve Account may be
maintained with it in an Eligible Account.




     A deposit shall be made to the Reserve Account on the Closing Date in an amount equal to the
Reserve Required Amount and, on each Payment Date, deposits shall be made to the Reserve Account to
the extent provided in provision TWELFTH of subsection 3.1(a).



     (b) Withdrawals from the Reserve Account. If Available Funds are not sufficient to
pay (i) on each Payment Date prior to the Rated Final Maturity Date, those amounts described in
provisions FIRST through NINTH of subsection 3.1(a) plus the Principal Distribution Amount for such
Payment Date or (ii) on the Rated Final Maturity Date, those amounts described in provisions FIRST
through NINTH and all unpaid Principal Amounts on the Notes, the Trustee, at the direction of the
Servicer, shall withdraw from the Reserve Account the lesser of the amounts sufficient to make such
payments and the balance in the Reserve Account (the “Reserve Account Draw Amount”). On
the Rated Final Maturity Date, the Noteholders will be entitled to the Reserve Account Draw Amount
for such date, if any, to the extent of any unpaid balance of the Notes.



     (c) Release of Funds from Reserve Account. On each Payment Date, the Trustee shall
withdraw all cash on deposit in the Reserve Account in excess of the Reserve Required Amount and
deposit such amount in the Collection Account, for application on such Payment Date as Available
Funds in accordance with Section 3.1 of this Indenture.



     (d) Termination of Reserve Account. Any funds remaining in the Reserve Account after
all Notes (including both principal and interest thereon) have been paid in full and in cash and
all other obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes, including all amounts owing
to the Insurer and the Swap Counterparty, have been paid in full and in cash shall be remitted by
the Trustee to the Issuer free and clear of the lien of this Indenture.



     (e) Administration of the Reserve Account. Funds in the Reserve Account shall be
invested in Permitted Investments as directed by the Servicer; provided, however,
that all Permitted Investments shall mature on or before the next Payment Date. Subject to the
restrictions set forth in the first sentence of this subsection (e), the Servicer shall instruct
the Trustee in writing regarding the investment of funds on deposit in the Reserve Account. The
Trustee shall be fully protected in following the investment instructions of the Servicer, and
shall have no obligation for keeping the funds fully invested at all times or for making any
investments other than in accordance with such written investment instructions. If no investment
instructions are received from the Servicer, the Trustee is authorized to invest the funds in
Permitted Investments described in clause (v) of the definition thereof. In no event shall the
Trustee be liable for any investment losses incurred in connection with the investment of funds on
deposit in the Reserve Account by the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture.



     (f) Deposit Irrevocable. Any deposit made into the Reserve Account hereunder shall,
except as otherwise provided herein, be irrevocable, and the amount of such deposit and any money,
instruments, investment property, or other property credited to, carried in, or deposited in the
Reserve Account hereunder and all interest thereon shall be held in trust by the Trustee and
applied solely as provided herein.



58









 





     Section 3.6 Interest Rate Swap



     (a) The Issuer shall enter into the Interest Rate Swap, certain terms of which are set forth
herein for the convenience of the parties thereto for incorporation therein by reference, with the
Swap Counterparty on the Closing Date. The Interest Rate Swap shall have a termination date which
is the earlier of the Payment Date occurring in March 2019 or when the notional amount of the Class
A-2 Notes thereunder has been reduced to zero, subject to early termination or partial termination
in accordance with the terms of the Interest Rate Swap. The Interest Rate Swap shall have a
notional amount for each Interest Accrual Period equal to the Principal Amount of the Class A-2
Notes as of the close of business on the first day of such Interest Accrual Period. Under the
Interest Rate Swap, the Issuer shall be the fixed rate payer and shall pay a fixed rate of 5.268%
and the Swap Counterparty shall be the floating rate payer and shall pay a floating rate of
one-month LIBOR as determined under the terms of the Interest Rate Swap from time to time plus
0.15%. Pursuant to the terms of the Interest Rate Swap, the Swap Counterparty shall pay to the
Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, on each Payment Date, the Net Swap Receipt, if any, plus the
amount of any Net Swap Receipt due but not paid with respect to any previous Payment Date. The
Trustee shall deposit such Net Swap Receipts, if any, into the Collection Account and shall apply
such amounts as Available Funds pursuant to subsection 3.1 of this Indenture. In addition, in
accordance with the terms of the Interest Rate Swap, the Issuer shall pay to the Swap Counterparty
the Net Swap Payment, if any, for such Payment Date, plus the amount of any Net Swap Payment due
but not paid on any previous Payment Date, from amounts available pursuant to provision THIRD of
subsection 3.1(a).



     (b) Following the termination of the Interest Rate Swap pursuant to the terms thereof, the
Swap Counterparty shall pay to the Trustee for the benefit of the Issuer the amount of the
Termination Receipt, if any, to be paid by the Swap Counterparty pursuant to the Interest Rate
Swap. The Trustee shall, promptly upon receipt of any such Termination Receipt, if any, at the
written direction of the Servicer, pay such Termination Receipt to a replacement swap counterparty
or deposit such Termination Receipt or the balance thereof not paid to a replacement swap
counterparty into the Collection Account to be applied as Available Funds.



     (c) Following the termination of the Interest Rate Swap pursuant to the terms thereof, the
Issuer shall pay to the Swap Counterparty the amount of the Termination Payment, if any, to be made
by the Issuer pursuant to the Interest Rate Swap to the extent of funds available therefore under
provision TENTH of subsection 3.1(a) or provision NINTH of Section 11.7, if applicable, or
provision FOURTEENTH of subsection 3.1(a) or provision THIRTEENTH of Section 11.7, if applicable,
or if a Sequential Order Event has occurred and is continuing, as provided in subsection 3.1(b).



     (d) If the Interest Rate Swap is terminated for any reason and no successor swap is entered
into, the Servicer shall solicit bids from one or more prospective replacement swap counterparties
for the price of a replacement swap agreement with a notional amount equal to the Principal Amount
of the Class A-2 Notes. With the consent of (A) the Insurer, if no Insurer Default has occurred
and is continuing or (B) during the continuation of an Insurer Default with the consent of the
Majority Holders of the Class A Notes and the Majority Holders of the Class B Notes, and in either
case upon the satisfaction of the Swap Rating Agency Condition, the Issuer will enter into such
replacement swap agreement. If (A) the Insurer, if no Insurer Default has



59









 




occurred and is continuing or (B) during the continuation of an Insurer Default, the Majority
Holders of the Class A Notes and the Majority Holders of the Class B Notes does or do not consent
to such replacement swap agreement, or the Swap Rating Agency Condition is not satisfied, the
Issuer will not enter into a replacement swap agreement.




     Section 3.7 Custody of Permitted Investments and other Collateral



     The Trustee shall hold such of the Collateral (and any other collateral that may
be granted to the Trustee) and the Permitted Investments (other than the Pledged Loans, the related
Loan Files, or the related Vacation Ownership Interests) as consists of instruments, certificated
securities, negotiable documents, money, goods, or tangible chattel paper in the State of New York.
The Trustee shall hold such of the Collateral (and any other collateral that may be granted to the
Trustee) and the Permitted Investments (other than the Pledged Loans, the related Loan Files, or
the related Vacation Ownership Interests) as constitutes investment property (other than
certificated securities) through a securities intermediary, which securities intermediary shall
agree with the Trustee and the Issuer that (I) such investment property shall at all times be
credited to a securities account of the Trustee, (II) such securities intermediary shall treat the
Trustee as entitled to exercise the rights that comprise each financial asset credited to such
securities account, (III) all property credited to such securities account shall be treated as a
financial asset, (IV) such securities intermediary shall comply with entitlement orders originated
by the Trustee without the further consent of any other person or entity, (V) such securities
intermediary will not agree with any person or entity other than the Trustee to comply with
entitlement orders originated by any person or entity other than the Trustee, (VI) such securities
accounts and the property credited thereto shall not be subject to any lien, security interest,
encumbrance, claim, or right of set-off in favor of such securities intermediary or anyone claiming
through it (other than the Trustee), (VII) such agreement shall be governed by the laws of the
State of New York, and (VIII) the State of New York shall be the “securities intermediary’s
jurisdiction” of such securities intermediary for purposes of the New York Uniform Commercial Code
(the “NYUCC”). The Trustee shall hold such of the Collateral (and any other collateral that may be
granted to the Trustee) and the Permitted Investments (other than the Pledged Loans, the related
Loan Files, or the related Vacation Ownership Interests) as constitutes a deposit account through a
bank, which bank shall agree in writing with the Trustee and the Issuer that (i) such bank shall
comply with instructions originated by the Trustee directing disposition of the funds in the
deposit account without further consent of any other person or entity, (ii) such bank will not
agree with any person or entity other than the Trustee to comply with instructions originated by
any person or entity other than the Trustee, (iii) such deposit account and the money deposited
therein shall not be subject to any lien, security interest, encumbrance, claim, or right of
set-off in favor of such bank or anyone claiming through it (other than the Trustee), (iv) such
agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, and (v) the State of New York
shall be the “bank’s jurisdiction” of such bank for purposes of Article 9 of the NYUCC. Terms used
in this paragraph that are defined in the NYUCC and not otherwise defined herein shall have the
meaning set forth in the NYUCC. Except as permitted by this paragraph, the Trustee shall not hold
any part of the Collateral (or any other collateral that may be granted to the Trustee) or the
Permitted Investments (other than the Pledged Loans, the related Loan Files, or the related
Vacation Ownership Interests) through an agent or a nominee.



     Section 3.8 The Policy



60









 





     (a) The Issuer hereby represents that (i) it has obtained the Insurance Policy in the name,
and for the benefit and security, of the Trustee, acting on behalf of the Class A Noteholders, (ii)
it has entered into the Insurance Agreement which provides for the issuance of the Insurance Policy
by the Insurer and (iii) the Insurance Policy permits the Trustee to draw on the Insurance Policy
from time to time for the purposes set forth in this Agreement. The Insurer shall not be entitled
to reimbursement for any draws, interest or fees with respect to the Insurance Policy, except as
specifically provided herein.



     (b) (i) If on any Determination Date Available Funds and amounts on deposit in the Reserve
Account are insufficient to pay the interest set forth in clause (i) of the definition of Accrued
Interest (excluding interest on past due Accrued Interest) on the Class A Notes in accordance with
the Priority of Payments or Section 11.7, as applicable, on the immediately following Payment Date,
then the Trustee will no later than 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the second Business Day prior
to the Payment Date make a claim under the Insurance Policy in accordance with the procedures set
forth in the Insurance Policy in an amount equal to such insufficiency and (ii) if on the
Determination Date immediately preceding the Rated Final Maturity Date Available Funds and amounts
on deposit in the Reserve Account are insufficient to reduce the Aggregate Principal Amount of the
Class A Notes to zero on the Rated Final Maturity Date, then the Trustee will no later than 10:00
a.m. New York City time on the second Business Day prior to the Payment Date make a claim under the
Insurance Policy in an amount necessary to reduce the Aggregate Principal Amount of the Class A
Notes to zero on such Payment Date (the aggregate amounts demanded in (i) and (ii) pursuant to this
sentence on any Payment Date, the “Deficiency Amount.”) Pursuant to the Insurance Policy,
following receipt by the Insurer of such demand, the Insurer will pay the Deficiency Amount by the
later of (i) 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the applicable Payment Date and (ii) 12:00 noon,
New York City time, on the second Business Day following receipt by the Insurer of the appropriate
demand for payment.



     If any portion or all of any amount insured under the Insurance Policy which was previously
distributed to a holder of Class A Notes (other than any distribution comprised of amounts paid by
the Insurer) is recoverable and recovered from such Holder as a voidable preference by a trustee in
bankruptcy pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code pursuant to a final non-appealable order of a court
exercising proper jurisdiction in an insolvency proceeding (a “Final Order”) (such recovered
amount, a “Preference Amount”), pursuant to the Insurance Policy, the Insurer will pay as an
Insured Amount an amount equal to each such Preference Amount by 12:00 noon on the second Business
Day following receipt by the Insurer on a Business Day of (x) a certified copy of the Final Order,
together with an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Insurer that such order is final and not
subject to appeal, (y) an assignment, in such form reasonably satisfactory to the Insurer,
irrevocably assigning to the Insurer all rights and claims of the Trustee and/or such Holder of the
Class A Notes relating to or arising under such Preference Amount and constituting an appropriate
instrument, in form satisfactory to the Insurer, appointing the Insurer as the agent of the Trustee
and/or such Holder in respect of such Preference Amount and (z) a notice appropriately completed
and executed by the Trustee or such Holder, as the case may be. Such payment shall be made to the
receiver, conservator, debtor-in-possession or trustee in bankruptcy named in the Final Order and
not to the Trustee or Holder of the Class A Notes directly (unless the Holder has previously paid
such amount to such receiver, conservator, debtor-in-possession or trustee named in such Final
Order in which case payment



61









 




shall be made to the Trustee for distribution to the Holder upon delivery of proof of such
payment reasonably satisfactory to Insurer). The Insurer shall not be (i) required to make any
payment in respect of any Preference Amount to the extent such Preference Amount is comprised of
amounts previously paid by the Insurer under the Insurance Policy, or (ii) obligated to make any
payment in respect of any Preference Amount, which payment represents a payment of the principal
amount of any Class A Notes, prior to the time the Insurer otherwise would have been required to
make a payment in respect of such principal, in which case the Insurer shall pay the balance of the
Preference Amount when such amount otherwise would have been required.




     The term “Insured Amount” means (a) as of any Payment Date for the Notes, any Deficiency
Amount for such Payment Date and (b) any Preference Amount to be paid pursuant to the terms of the
Insurance Policy.



ARTICLE IV




REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ISSUER




     Section 4.1 Representations and Warranties Regarding the Issuer The Issuer hereby
represents and warrants to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent on the date of execution of this
Indenture as follows:



     (a) Due Formation and Good Standing. The Issuer is a limited liability company duly
formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and has full
power, authority and legal right to own its properties and conduct its business as such properties
are presently owned and such business is presently conducted, and to execute, deliver and perform
its obligations under each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party. The Issuer is duly
qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign entity, and has obtained all
necessary licenses and approvals, in each jurisdiction in which failure to qualify or to obtain
such licenses and approvals would render any Pledged Loan unenforceable by the Issuer or would
otherwise have a Material Adverse Effect.



     (b) Due Authorization and No Conflict. The execution, delivery and performance by the
Issuer of each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, and the consummation by the
Issuer of each of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including without limitation
the acquisition of the Pledged Loans under the Term Purchase Agreement and the making of the Grants
contemplated hereunder, have in all cases been duly authorized by the Issuer by all necessary
action, do not contravene (i) the Issuer’s certificate of formation or the LLC Agreement, (ii) any
existing law, rule or regulation applicable to the Issuer, (iii) any contractual restriction
contained in any material indenture, loan or credit agreement, lease, mortgage, deed of trust,
security agreement, bond, note, or other material agreement or instrument binding on or affecting
the Issuer or its property or (iv) any order, writ, judgment, award, injunction or decree binding
on or affecting the Issuer or its property (except where such contravention would not have a
Material Adverse Effect), and do not result in or require the creation of any Lien upon or with
respect to any of its properties (except as provided in a Transaction Document); and no transaction
contemplated hereby requires compliance with any bulk sales act or similar law. Each of the other
Transaction Documents to which the Issuer is a party have been duly executed and delivered by the
Issuer.




62










 





     (c) Governmental and Other Consents. All approvals, authorizations, consents,
or orders of any court or governmental agency or body required in connection with the execution
and delivery by the Issuer of any of the Transaction Documents to which the Issuer is a party, the
consummation by the Issuer of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by
the Issuer of and the compliance by the Issuer with the terms hereof or thereof, have been
obtained, except where the failure so to do would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Issuer.



     (d) Enforceability of Transaction Documents. Each of the Transaction Documents to
which the Issuer is a party has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Issuer and
constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer
in accordance with its respective terms, except as enforceability may be subject to or limited by
any Debtor Relief Law or by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in
equity).



     (e) No Litigation. There are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to the best
knowledge of the Issuer, threatened, against the Issuer before any court, regulatory body,
administrative agency, or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality (i) asserting the
invalidity of this Indenture or any of the other Transaction Documents, (ii) seeking to prevent the
consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Indenture or any of the other
Transaction Documents, (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that would adversely affect the
performance by the Issuer of its obligations under this Indenture or any of the other Transaction
Documents to which the Issuer is a party, (iv) seeking any determination or ruling that would
adversely affect the validity or enforceability of this Indenture or any of the other Transaction
Documents or (v) seeking any determination or ruling which would be reasonably likely to have a
Material Adverse Effect on the Issuer.



     (f) Use of Proceeds. All proceeds of the issuance of the Notes shall be used by the
Issuer to acquire Loans from the Depositor under the Term Purchase Agreement, to pay costs related
to the issuance of the Notes, to pay principal and/or interest on any Notes or to otherwise fund
costs and expenses permitted to be paid under the terms of the Transaction Documents.



     (g) Governmental Regulations. The Issuer is not an “investment company” registered or
required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.



     (h)  Margin Regulations. The Issuer is not engaged, principally or as one of its
important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of “purchasing” or
“carrying” any “margin stock” (as each of the quoted terms is defined or used in any of Regulations
T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect on the date of
execution hereof). No part of the proceeds of any of the Notes has been used for so purchasing or
carrying margin stock or for any purpose which violates, or which would be inconsistent with, the
provisions of any of Regulations T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System,
as in effect on the date of execution hereof.



     (i) Location of Issuer. The Issuer was formed on March 20, 2007 as a limited
liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware and has at all times since such date
remained as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware. From March 20,



63









 







2007 to the date of this Agreement, the Issuer’s correct name has been and is Sierra Timeshare
2007-1 Receivables Funding, LLC.



     (j) Lockbox Accounts. Except in the case of any Lockbox Account pursuant to which
only collections in respect of loans subject to a PAC or Credit Card Account are deposited, the
Issuer has filed or has caused to be filed a standing delivery order with the United States Postal
Service authorizing each Lockbox Bank to receive mail delivered to the related Post Office Box.
The account numbers of all Lockbox Accounts, together with the names, addresses, ABA numbers and
names of contact persons of all the Lockbox Banks maintaining such Lockbox Accounts and the related
Post Office Boxes, are specified in the exhibits to this Indenture. From and after the Closing
Date, the Trustee shall hold all right and title to and interest in all of the monies, checks,
instruments, depository transfers or automated clearing house electronic transfers and other items
of payment and their proceeds and all monies and earnings, if any, thereon in the Lockbox Accounts.
The Issuer has no other lockbox accounts for the collection of Scheduled Payments in respect of
Pledged Loans except for the Lockbox Accounts.



     (k) No Other Legal Names. The Issuer has not had any legal name other than the name
set forth herein at any time since its formation.



     (l) Subsidiaries. The Issuer has no Subsidiaries and does not own or hold, directly
or indirectly, any capital stock or equity security of, or any equity interest in, any Person,
other than Permitted Investments.



     (m) Transaction Documents. The Term Purchase Agreement is the only agreement pursuant
to which the Issuer purchases the Pledged Loans and the related Pledged Assets. The Issuer has
furnished to the Trustee, the Insurer and the Collateral Agent, true, correct and complete copies
of each Transaction Document to which the Issuer is a party, each of which is in full force and
effect. Neither the Issuer nor any Affiliate thereof is in default of any of its obligations
thereunder in any material respect. The Issuer is the lawful owner of, and has good title to, each
Pledged Loan and all related Pledged Assets, free and clear of any Liens (other than the Lien of
this Indenture and any Permitted Encumbrances on the related Vacation Ownership Interests), or has
a first-priority perfected security interest therein. All such Pledged Loans and other related
Pledged Assets are purchased without recourse to the Depositor except as described in the Term
Purchase Agreement. The purchase by the Issuer under the Term Purchase Agreement constitutes
either a sale or a first-priority perfected security interest, enforceable against creditors of the
Depositor.



     (n) Business. Since its formation, the Issuer has conducted no business other than
the execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents contemplated hereby, the
purchase of Loans thereunder, the issuance and payment of the Notes and such other activities as
are incidental to the foregoing. The Issuer has incurred no Debt except that expressly incurred
hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents.



     (o) Ownership of the Issuer. One hundred percent (100%) of the outstanding equity
interest in the Issuer is directly owned (both beneficially and of record) by the Depositor.



64









 





     (p) Taxes. The Issuer has timely filed or caused to be timely filed all federal,
state, and local and foreign tax returns which are required to be filed by it, and has paid or
caused to be paid all taxes due and owing by it, other than any taxes or assessments, the validity
of which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings timely instituted and
diligently pursued and with respect to which the Issuer has set aside adequate reserves on its
books in accordance with GAAP and which proceedings have not given rise to any Lien.



     (q) Tax Classification. Since its formation, for federal income tax purposes, the
Issuer (i) has been classified as a disregarded entity or partnership and (ii) has not been
classified as an association taxable as a corporation or a publicly traded partnership.



     (r) Solvency. The Issuer (i) is not “insolvent” (as such term is defined in the
Bankruptcy Code); (ii) is able to pay its debts as they become due; and (iii) does not have
unreasonably small capital for the business in which it is engaged or for any business or
transaction in which it is about to engage.



     (s) ERISA. The Issuer has not established and does not maintain or contribute to any
Benefit Plan that is covered by Title IV of ERISA.



     (t) No Adverse Selection. No selection procedures materially adverse to the
Noteholders, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent have been employed in selecting the Pledged Loans
for inclusion in the Collateral on the Closing Date.



     Section 4.2 Representations and Warranties Regarding the Loan Files. The Issuer
represents and warrants to each of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Servicer and the
Noteholders as to each Pledged Loan that:



     (a) Possession. On or immediately prior to the Closing Date the Custodian will have
possession of each original Pledged Loan and the related Loan File, and will have acknowledged such
receipt and its undertaking to hold such documents for purposes of perfection of the Collateral
Agent’s interests in such original Pledged Loan and the related Loan File; provided,
however, that the fact that any Loan Document not required to be in its respective Loan
File under the terms of the respective Purchase Agreements is not in the possession of the
Custodian in its respective Loan File does not constitute a breach of this representation; and
provided that, possession of Loan Documents may be in the form of microfiche or
other electronic copies of the Loan Documents to the extent provided in the Custodial Agreement.



     (b) Marking Records. On or before the Closing Date, each of the Issuer and the
Servicer shall have caused the portions of the computer files relating to the Pledged Loans Granted
to the Collateral Agent on such date to be clearly and unambiguously marked to indicate that such
Loans constitute part of the Collateral Granted by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this
Indenture.



     The representations and warranties of the Issuer set forth in this Section 4.2 shall be deemed
to be remade without further act by any Person on and as of each date of substitution with respect
to each Loan Granted by the Issuer on and as of each such date. The representations and warranties
set forth in this Section 4.2 shall survive any Grant of the respective Loans by the Issuer.



65









 





     Section 4.3 Rights of Obligors and Release of Loan Files.



     (a) Notwithstanding any other provision contained in this Indenture, including the Collateral
Agent’s, the Trustee’s and the Noteholders’ remedies pursuant hereto and pursuant to the Collateral
Agency Agreement, the rights of any Obligor to any Vacation Ownership Interest subject to a Pledged
Loan shall, so long as such Obligor is not in default thereunder, be superior to those of the
Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the Insurer and the Noteholders, and none of the Collateral Agent,
the Trustee, the Insurer or the Noteholders, so long as such Obligor is not in default thereunder,
shall interfere with such Obligor’s use and enjoyment of the Vacation Ownership Interest subject
thereto.



     (b) If pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, the Collateral Agent or the Trustee shall
acquire through foreclosure the Issuer’s interest in any portion of the Vacation Ownership Interest
subject to a Pledged Loan, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee hereby specifically agree to
release or cause to be released any Vacation Ownership Interest from any Lien hereunder upon
completion of all payments and the performance of all the terms and conditions required to be made
and performed by such Obligor under such Pledged Loan, and each of the Collateral Agent and the
Trustee hereby consents to any such release by, or at the direction of, the Collateral Agent.



     (c) At such time as an Obligor has paid in full the purchase price or the requisite percentage
of the purchase price for deeding pursuant to a Pledged Loan and has otherwise fully discharged all
of such Obligor’s obligations and responsibilities required to be discharged as a condition to
deeding, the Servicer shall notify the Trustee and the Collateral Agent by a certificate
substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (which certificate shall include a statement
to the effect that all amounts received in connection with such payment have been deposited in the
Collection Account) of a Servicing Officer and shall request delivery to the Servicer from the
Custodian of the related Loan Files. Upon receipt of such certificate and request or at such
earlier time as is required by applicable law, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent (a) shall be
deemed, without the necessity of taking any action, to have approved release by the Custodian of
the Loan Files to the Servicer (in all cases in accordance with the provisions of the Custodial
Agreement), (b) shall be deemed to approve the release by the Nominee of the related deed of title,
and any documents and records maintained in connection therewith, to the Obligor as provided in the
Title Clearing Agreement, provided that title to the Vacation Ownership Interest has not
already been deeded to the Obligor and/or (c) shall execute such documents and instruments of
transfer and assignment and take such other action as is necessary to release its interest in the
Vacation Ownership Interest subject to deeding (in the case of any Pledged Loan which has been paid
in full). The Servicer shall cause each Loan File or any document therein so released which
relates to a Pledged Loan for which the Obligor’s obligations have not been fully discharged to be
returned to the Custodian for the sole benefit of the Collateral Agent when the Servicer’s need
therefor no longer exists.



66









 





ARTICLE V




REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ISSUER;

ASSIGNMENT OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES




     Section 5.1 Representations and Warranties of the Issuer. The Issuer hereby
represents and warrants to the Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Noteholders on the Closing
Date as follows:



     (a) Payment of principal and interest on the Notes and the prompt observance and performance
by the Issuer of all of the terms and provisions of this Indenture are secured by the Collateral.
Upon the issuance of the Notes and at all times thereafter so long as any Notes are outstanding,
this Indenture creates a valid and continuing security interest (as defined in the applicable UCC)
in the Collateral in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee, acting on behalf
of the Noteholders, the Insurer and the Swap Counterparty to secure amounts payable under the Notes
which security interest is perfected and prior to all other Liens (other than any Permitted
Encumbrances) and is enforceable as such against all creditors of and purchasers from the Issuer;
and



     (b) the Pledged Loans and the documents evidencing such Pledged Loans constitute either
“accounts,” “chattel paper,” “instruments” or “general intangibles” within the meaning of the
applicable UCC.



     Section 5.2 Eligible Loans. The Issuer hereby represents and warrants to the Trustee
and the Collateral Agent that each of the Pledged Loans is an Eligible Loan. For purposes of this
Indenture, the term “Eligible Loan” means a Loan purchased by the Issuer under the Term Purchase
Agreement which has the following characteristics as of the Cut-Off Date:




     (a) the related Vacation Ownership Interest has been purchased by an Obligor, and with
respect to a Vacation Ownership Interest which is a Fixed Week, a UDI or which constitutes
Points (it being understood in the case of a Vacation Ownership Interest which constitutes
Points, that references in this clause (a) to a Vacation Ownership Interest shall be deemed
to be references to the related Fixed Week or UDI deposited into FairShare Plus in exchange
for such Points) (i) is not an interest in a Lot, (ii) except in the case of a Green Loan, a
certificate of occupancy has been issued for the Resort related to such Vacation Ownership
Interest, (iii) except in the case of a Green Loan, the unit related to the Vacation
Ownership Interest is complete and ready for occupancy, is not in need of material
maintenance or repair, except for ordinary, routine maintenance and repairs that are not
substantial in nature or cost and contains no structural defects materially affecting its
value, (iv) the Resort related to the Vacation Ownership Interest is not in need of
maintenance or repair, except for ordinary, routine maintenance and repairs that are not
substantial in nature or cost and contains no structural defects materially affecting its
value, (v) there is no legal, judicial or administrative proceeding pending, or to the
Issuer’s knowledge threatened, for the total condemnation of the Resort related to the
Vacation Ownership Interest or partial condemnation of any portion of the property related
to the Vacation Ownership Interest that would have a material adverse effect on the value of
the Vacation Ownership



67









 







Interest, (vi) the Resort related to the Vacation Ownership Interest is not located
outside of the United States and (vii) is subject to declarations, covenants and
restrictions of record;




     (b) in the case of a Pledged Loan that is an Installment Contract, with respect to
which the Issuer has a valid ownership or security interest in an underlying Vacation
Ownership Interest, subject only to Permitted Encumbrances, unless the criteria in paragraph
(c) are satisfied;




     (c) with respect to Loans which are WVRI Loans (i) if the related Vacation Ownership
Interest has been deeded to the Obligor of the related Pledged Loan, then (A) the Issuer has
a valid and enforceable first lien Mortgage on such Vacation Ownership Interest, except as
such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws and as such enforceability may be
limited by general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforceability is
considered in a proceeding in equity or at law, (B) such Mortgage and related mortgage note
have been assigned to the Collateral Agent, (C) such Mortgage and the related note have been
transferred to the custody of the Custodian in accordance with the provisions of Section
6(c)(i) of the applicable Purchase Agreement and (D) if any Mortgage relating to such
Pledged Loan is a deed of trust, a trustee duly qualified under applicable law to serve as
such has been properly designated in accordance with applicable law and currently so serves
or (ii) if the related Vacation Ownership Interest has not been deeded to the Obligor of the
related Pledged Loan, then a nominee has legal title to such Vacation Ownership Interest and
the Issuer has an equitable interest in such Vacation Ownership Interest underlying the
related Pledged Loan;




     (d) that was issued in a transaction that complied, and is in compliance, in all
material respects with all requirements of applicable federal, state and local law,
including applicable laws relating to usury, truth-in-lending, property sales, consumer
credit protection and disclosure, except, with respect only to California Business and
Professions Code Section 11018.10, as in effect prior to its repeal as of July 1, 2005, and
California Business and Professions Code Section 11226, which became effective as of July 1,
2005, where such failure to comply would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Sellers
or a material adverse effect on the Pledged Loans;




     (e) that requires the Obligor to pay the unpaid principal balance over an original term
of not greater than 120 months;




     (f) the Scheduled Payments on which are denominated and payable in United States
dollars;




     (g) is not a Defaulted Loan;




     (h) the Scheduled Payments on which are not 30 days or more delinquent as of the
Cut-Off Date;



68









 






     (i) does not (i) finance the purchase of credit life insurance and (ii) finance, and
was not originated in connection with, the WRDC “Explorer” program, unless such Loan has
been converted to a Loan in connection with the WorldMark program;




     (j) with respect to which the related Vacation Ownership Interest (i) if the Loan is a
WVRI Loan (A) consists of a Fixed Week or a UDI and (B) if it consists of a Fixed Week, it
has been converted or is convertible into a UDI or has become subject to FairShare Plus,
which conversion or other modification does not or would not give rise to the extension of
the maturity of any payments under such WVRI Loan or is a Shawnee Loan or was originated
during the transition period after the acquisition of Shawnee Development, Inc. (ii) if the
Loan is a WRDC Loan, consists of Vacation Credits or a Fractional Interest;




     (k) that, if it is a WVRI Loan (i) either (A) was transferred by WVRI to WCF pursuant
to the Operating Agreement, (B) in the case of any Pledged Loan originated by an Originator
(other than any Pledged Loan originated by WVRI or a Kona Loan), was transferred by such
Originator to WVRI pursuant to the Operating Agreement or (C) in the case of a Kona Loan was
transferred to WVRI under the terms of a July 2002 agreement or (ii) was purchased by WCF
from WVRI Receivables Corporation pursuant to an Assignment of Contracts and Mortgages,
dated as of August 29, 2002;




     (l) (i) if it is a WVRI Loan, it was, except with respect to Kona Loans or Shawnee
Loans, originated by a WVRI Originator and, except for a transition period with respect to
Shawnee Loans, has been consistently serviced by WCF, in each case in the ordinary course of
its respective business and in accordance with Customary Practices and Credit Standards and
Collection Policies, (ii) if it is a Kona Loan, it was originated by Kona Hawaiian Vacation
Ownership, LLC and has since December 1, 2002 been consistently serviced by WCF, in each
case, in the ordinary course of its respective business and in accordance with Customary
Practices and Credit Standards and Collection Policies, (iii) if it is a Shawnee Loan, it
was originated by Shawnee Development, Inc. and consistently serviced by WCF since March 13,
2006, or (iv) if it is a WRDC Loan, was originated by WRDC and has been consistently
serviced by WCF or WRDC, in each case in the ordinary course of its business and in
accordance with WCF’s or WRDC’s Customary Practices and Credit Standards and Collection
Policies;




     (m) has not been specifically reserved against by the Issuer or classified as
uncollectible or charged off;




     (n) arises from transactions in a jurisdiction in which (i) with respect to WVRI Loans,
WVRI and each Subsidiary of WVRI (other than the Depositor, and other special purpose
entities created to issue notes) that conducts business in such jurisdiction is duly
qualified to do business, except where the failure to so qualify will not adversely affect
or impair the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of such Pledged Loan and
(ii) with respect to WRDC Loans, WRDC is duly qualified to do business, except where the
failure to so qualify will not adversely affect or impair the legality, validity, binding
effect and enforceability of such Pledged Loan;



69









 






     (o) constitutes a legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of the related
Obligor, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws and as such
enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity, regardless of whether such
enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law;




     (p) is fully amortizing pursuant to a required schedule of substantially equal monthly
payments of principal and interest;




     (q) with respect to which, (i) the down payment has been made, (ii) neither statutory
nor regulatively imposed rescission rights exist with respect to the related Obligor and
(iii) no basis for such rights exists on the Cut-Off Date in the case of any Pledged Loan
for which such rights are, at any time following the Cut-Off Date, granted or imposed;




     (r) had an Equity Percentage of 10% or more at the time of the sale of the related
Vacation Ownership Interest to the related Obligor (or, in the case of a Loan relating to a
Timeshare Upgrade originated by WRDC, an Equity Percentage of 10% or more of the value of
all Vacation Credits owned by the related Obligor);




     (s) with respect to which at least one Scheduled Payment has been made by the Obligor;




     (t) in the case of a Green Loan, (i) satisfies each of the eligibility criteria set
forth in paragraphs (a) through (s) above other than any such criteria that cannot be
satisfied due solely to (A) the related Green Vacation Ownership Interest being an interest
in a unit at a Resort that is not yet complete and ready for occupancy; (B) the Issuer not
having a valid ownership interest in the related Green Vacation Ownership Interest; or (C)
the related Green Vacation Ownership Interest not having been deeded to the Obligor or legal
title not being held by the Nominee; and (ii) the Resort related to the Green Vacation
Ownership Interest has a scheduled completion date no more than six months following the
Cut-Off Date;




     (u) the billing address of the Obligor is located in the United States;
provided, however that the billing addresses of not more than 5% of the
Obligors (by Loan Balance) may be located outside the United States; and




     (v) is not and is not subsequently deemed to have been a Defective Loan as defined in
the Master Loan Purchase Agreement pursuant to which it was sold by the applicable Seller to
the Depositor.



     Section 5.3 Assignment of Representations and Warranties and Rights Under the Performance
Guaranty. The Issuer hereby assigns to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent all of its rights
relating to the Pledged Loans and related Pledged Assets under the Term Purchase Agreement
including the rights assigned to the Issuer by the Depositor of the Depositor’s rights to payment
due from the related Seller for repurchases of Defective Loans (as such term is defined in the
respective Purchase Agreements) resulting from the breach of representations and warranties under
the respective Purchase Agreements. In addition, the Issuer hereby assigns to the Trustee and the
Collateral Agent all of its rights under the Performance Guaranty including those rights the Issuer
has as a named beneficiary of the Performance Guaranty and those rights it has acquired by
assignment from the Depositor.



70









 





     Section 5.4 Release of Defective Loans.



     (a) Deposit of Release Price or Substitution of Qualified Substitute Loan. Subject to
subsection (b) of this section, upon discovery by the Issuer or upon written notice from the
Depositor or the Trustee that any Pledged Loan is a Defective Loan, the Issuer shall, within 90
days after the earlier of its discovery or receipt of notice thereof (i) if such Defective Loan
constitutes a Defective Loan as defined in the Purchase Agreement pursuant to which the Depositor
acquired such Defective Loan, direct the applicable Seller to perform its obligation under such
Purchase Agreement to either (A) deposit the Release Price with the Trustee or (B) deliver to the
Trustee one or more Qualified Substitute Loans in substitution for such Defective Loan and pay to
the Trustee the Substitution Adjustment Amount, or (ii) if such Defective Loan does not constitute
a Defective Loan as defined in the Purchase Agreement pursuant to which the Depositor acquired such
Defective Loan, deposit the Release Price with the Trustee. If such Defective Loan constitutes a
Defective Loan as defined in the Purchase Agreement pursuant to which the Depositor acquired such
Defective Loan, then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the Issuer shall have
no obligation or liability with respect to such Defective Loan should the applicable Seller fail to
perform its obligations under the Purchase Agreement with respect to such Defective Loan.



     (b) Substitution. If under a Purchase Agreement, a Seller delivers a Qualified
Substitute Loan for release of a Defective Loan, the Issuer shall execute a Supplemental Grant in
substantially the form of Exhibit G hereto and deliver such Supplemental Grant to the Trustee and
the Collateral Agent. Payments due with respect to Qualified Substitute Loans on or prior to the
Calculation Date next preceding the date of substitution shall not be property of the Issuer, but,
to the extent received by the Servicer, will be retained by the Servicer and remitted by the
Servicer to the Seller on the next succeeding Payment Date. Payments due and other amounts
received with respect to the Qualified Substitute Loans after the Calculation Date next preceding
the date of substitution shall be property of the Issuer. Scheduled Payments due on a Defective
Loan on or prior to the Calculation Date next preceding the date of substitution shall be property
of the Issuer, and after such Calculation Date next preceding the date of substitution the Seller
shall be entitled to receive and retain all Scheduled Payments due thereafter and other amounts
received in respect of such Defective Loan. The Issuer shall cause the Servicer to deliver a
schedule of any Defective Loans so removed and Qualified Substitute Loans so substituted to the
Trustee and such schedule shall be an amendment to the Loan Schedule. Upon such substitution, the
Qualified Substitute Loan or Qualified Substitute Loans shall be subject to the terms of this
Indenture in all respects, the Issuer shall be deemed to have made the representations, and
warranties with respect to each Qualified Substitute Loan set forth in Section 5.1 and 5.2 of this
Indenture, in each case as of the date of substitution, and the Issuer shall be deemed to have made
a representation and warranty that each Loan so substituted is a Qualified Substitute Loan as of
the date of substitution. The provisions of Section 5.4(a) shall apply to any Qualified Substitute
Loan as to which the Issuer has breached the Issuer’s representations and warranties in Section 5.1
and 5.2 to the same extent as for any other Pledged Loan. In connection with the substitution of
one or more Qualified Substitute Loans for one or more Defective Loans, the Servicer shall
determine the Substitution Adjustment Amount. If such Defective Loan



71









 







constitutes a Defective Loan
as defined in the Purchase Agreement pursuant to which the Depositor acquired such Defective Loan,
the Issuer shall direct the applicable Seller to perform its obligation under such Purchase
Agreement to pay to the Trustee the Substitution Adjustment
Amount in immediately available funds. Such Substitution Adjustment Amount shall be paid to
the Trustee and treated as if it were a portion of the Release Price for the Defective Loan and
included in Available Funds as such. If such Defective Loan constitutes a Defective Loan as
defined in the Purchase Agreement pursuant to which the Depositor acquired such Defective Loan,
then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the Issuer shall have no obligation or
liability to pay the Substitution Adjustment Amount with respect to such Defective Loan should the
applicable Seller fail to perform its obligation under the Purchase Agreement to pay such
Substitution Adjustment Amount to the Trustee.



     (c) Release of Defective Loan. If a Seller repurchases a Pledged Loan as a Defective
Loan or provides a Qualified Substitute Loan and the related Substitution Adjustment Amount, if
any, for a Defective Loan, then the Issuer shall automatically and without further action sell,
transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to such Seller, without recourse, representation or
warranty, all of the Issuer’s right, title and interest in and to the related Defective Loan, the
related Vacation Ownership Interest, the Loan File relating thereto and any other related Pledged
Assets, all monies due or to become due with respect thereto and all Collections with respect
thereto (including payments received from Obligors after the Calculation Date next preceding the
date of transfer, subject to the payment of any Substitution Adjustment Amount). The Issuer shall
execute such documents, releases and instruments of transfer or assignment and take such other
actions as shall reasonably be requested by the applicable Seller to effect the conveyance of such
Defective Loan, the related Vacation Ownership Interest, the related Loan File and any other
related Pledged Assets pursuant to this Section 5.4(c).



     Promptly after the repurchase of Defective Loans in respect of which the Release Price has
been paid or a Qualified Substitute Loan has been provided, on such date, the Issuer shall direct
the Servicer to delete such Defective Loans from the Loan Schedule.



     The obligations of the Issuer set forth in Section 5.4(a) shall constitute the sole remedy
against the Issuer with respect to any breach of the representations and warranties set forth in
Section 5.2 available hereunder to the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or the Insurer.



ARTICLE VI




ADDITIONAL COVENANTS OF ISSUER




     Section 6.1 Affirmative Covenants. The Issuer shall:



     (a) Compliance with Laws, Etc. Comply in all material respects with all applicable
laws, rules, regulations and orders with respect to it, its business and properties, and all
Pledged Loans and Transaction Documents to which it is a party (including without limitation the
laws, rules and regulations of each state governing the sale of timeshare contracts).



     (b) Preservation of Existence. Preserve and maintain its existence, rights,
franchises and privileges in the jurisdiction of its organization, and qualify and remain qualified
in good



72









 







standing as a foreign entity, and maintain all necessary licenses and approvals, in each
jurisdiction in which it does business, except where the failure to preserve and maintain such
existence, rights, franchises, privileges, qualifications, licenses and approvals would not
have a Material Adverse Effect.



     (c) Adequate Capitalization. Ensure that at all times it is adequately capitalized to
engage in the transactions contemplated by this Indenture.



     (d) Keeping of Records and Books of Account. Cause the Servicer to maintain and
implement administrative and operating procedures (including without limitation an ability to
recreate records evidencing the Pledged Loans in the event of the destruction or loss of the
originals thereof) and keep and maintain, all documents, books, records and other information
reasonably necessary or advisable for the collection of all Pledged Loans (including without
limitation records adequate to permit the daily identification of all Collections with respect to,
and adjustments of amounts payable under, each Pledged Loan).



     (e) Performance and Compliance with Loans. At its expense, timely and fully perform
and comply in all material respects with all material provisions, covenants and other promises
required to be observed by it under the Pledged Loans and other Pledged Assets.



     (f) Credit Standards and Collection Policies. Comply in all material respects with
the Credit Standards and Collection Policies and Customary Practices in regard to each Pledged Loan
and the related Pledged Assets.



     (g) Collections. (1) Instruct or cause all Obligors to be instructed to either:




     (A) send all Collections directly to a Post Office Box for credit to a
Lockbox Account or directly to a Lockbox Account, or




     (B) in the alternative, make Scheduled Payments by way of
pre-authorized debits from a deposit account of such Obligor pursuant to a
PAC or from a credit card of such Obligor pursuant to a Credit Card Account
from which Scheduled Payments shall be electronically transferred directly
to a Lockbox Account immediately upon each such debit (provided
that, for the avoidance of doubt, each Obligor may at any time cease to pay
its Scheduled Payments directly to a Post Office Box or a Lockbox Account or
pursuant to a PAC or Credit Card Account, so long as the Servicer promptly
instructs such Obligor to commence one of the two alternative methods of
funds transfer provided for in either of sub-clauses (A) or (B) of this
clause (1)).




     (2) In the case of funds transfers pursuant to a PAC or Credit Card Account, take, or
cause each of the Servicer, a Lockbox Bank and/or the Trustee to take, all necessary and
appropriate action to ensure that each such pre-authorized debit is credited directly to a
Lockbox Account.




     (3) If the Issuer shall receive any Collections or other proceeds of the Collateral,
hold such Collections in trust for the benefit of the Trustee, the Noteholders,



73









 







the Insurer and the Swap Counterparty and deposit such Collections into a Lockbox
Account or the Collection Account within two Business Days following the Issuer’s
receipt thereof.



     (h) Compliance with ERISA. Comply in all material respects with the provisions of
ERISA, the Code, and all other applicable laws and the regulations and interpretations thereunder.



     (i) Perfected Security Interest. Take such action with respect to each Pledged Loan
as is necessary to ensure that the Collateral Agent maintains on behalf of the Trustee, a first
priority perfected security interest in such Pledged Loan and the Pledged Assets relating thereto
and all other Collateral, in each case free and clear of any Liens (other than the Lien created by
this Indenture and in the case of any Vacation Ownership Interests, any Permitted Encumbrance).



     (j) No Release. Not take any action and shall use its best efforts not to permit any
action to be taken by others that would release any Person from any of such Person’s material
covenants or material obligations under any document, instrument or agreement included in the
Collateral, or which would result in the amendment, hypothecation, subordination, termination or
discharge of, or impair the validity or effectiveness of, any such document, instrument or
agreement except as expressly provided in this Indenture or such other instrument or document.



     (k) Insurance and Condemnation.



          (i) The Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things that it may accomplish with a
reasonable amount of cost or effort to cause each of the POAs for each Resort to (A) maintain one
or more policies of “all-risk” property and general liability insurance with financially sound and
reputable insurers, providing coverage in scope and amount which (x) satisfies the requirements of
the declarations (or any similar charter document) governing the POA for the maintenance of such
insurance policies and (y) is at least consistent with the scope and amount of such insurance
coverage obtained by prudent POAs and/or management of other similar developments in the same
jurisdiction; and (B) apply the proceeds of any such insurance policies in the manner specified in
the relevant declarations (or any similar charter document) governing the POA and/or any similar
charter documents of such POA. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties hereto acknowledge that the
ultimate discretion and control relating to the maintenance of any such insurance policies is
vested in the POAs in accordance with the respective declaration (or any similar charter document)
relating to each Vacation Ownership Interest Regime. If any POA fails to maintain the insurance
described in clause (A) of this subsection (k), the Issuer shall, to the extent it has knowledge of
such failure, promptly give notice of such failure to each Rating Agency.




          (ii) The Issuer shall remit to the Collection Account the portion of any proceeds received by
the Issuer pursuant to a condemnation of property in any Resort to the extent that such proceeds
relate to any of the Vacation Ownership Interests.




74









 





     (l) Custodian.



          (i) On or before the Closing Date, the Issuer shall deliver or cause to be delivered directly
to the Custodian for the benefit of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the
Custodial Agreement the Loan File for each Pledged Loan. Such Loan File may be provided in
microfiche or other electronic form to the extent permitted under the Custodial Agreement. The
Issuer shall cause the Custodian to hold, maintain and keep custody of the Loan Files for the
benefit of the Collateral Agent in a secure fire retardant location at an office of the Custodian,
which location shall be reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent and the Trustee.




          (ii) The Issuer shall cause the Custodian at all times to maintain control of the Loan Files
for the benefit of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Trustee in each case pursuant to the
Custodial Agreement. Each of the Issuer and the Servicer may access the Loan Files at the
Custodian’s storage facility only for the purposes and upon the terms and conditions set forth
herein and in the Custodial Agreement. Each of the Issuer and the Servicer may only remove
documents from the Loan File for collection services and other routine servicing requirements from
such facility in accordance with the terms of the Custodial Agreement, all as set forth and
pursuant to the “Bailment Agreement” (as defined in and attached as an exhibit to the Custodial
Agreement).




          (iii) The Issuer shall at all times comply in all material respects with the terms of its
obligations under the Custodial Agreement and shall not enter into any modification, amendment or
supplement of or to, and shall not terminate, the Custodial Agreement, without the Collateral
Agent’s and Trustee’s prior written consent.




     (m) Separate Identity. Take all actions required to maintain the Issuer’s status as a
separate legal entity. Without limiting the foregoing, the Issuer shall:




     (i) Maintain in full effect its existence, rights and franchises as a limited liability
company under the laws of the state of its formation and will obtain and preserve its
qualification to do business in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is or shall be
necessary to protect the validity and enforceability of this Indenture and the other
Transaction Documents to which the Issuer is a party and each other instrument or agreement
necessary or appropriate to proper administration hereof and permit and effectuate the
transactions contemplated hereby.




     (ii) Except as provided herein, maintain its own deposit, securities and other account
or accounts with financial institutions, separate from those of any Affiliate of the Issuer.
The funds of the Issuer will not be diverted to any other Person or for other than the use
of the Issuer, and, except as may be expressly permitted by this Indenture or any other
Transaction Document to which the Issuer is a party, the funds of the Issuer shall not be
commingled with those of any other Person.




     (iii) Ensure that, to the extent that it shares the same officers or other employees as
any of its members, managers or other Affiliates, the salaries of and the expenses related
to providing benefits to such officers and other employees shall be fairly allocated among
such entities, and each such entity shall bear its fair share of the salary and benefit
costs associated with all such common officers and employees.



75









 






     (iv) Ensure that, to the extent that it jointly contracts with any of its stockholders,
members or managers or other Affiliates to do business with vendors or
service providers or to share overhead expenses, the costs incurred in so doing shall
be allocated fairly among such entities, and each such entity shall bear its fair share of
such costs. To the extent that the Issuer contracts or does business with vendors or
service providers where the goods and services provided are partially for the benefit of any
other Person, the costs incurred in so doing shall be fairly allocated to or among such
entities for whose benefit the goods and services are provided, and each such entity shall
bear its fair share of such costs.




     (v) Ensure that all material transactions between the Issuer and any of its Affiliates
shall be only on an arm’s-length basis and shall not be on terms more favorable to either
party than the terms that would be found in a similar transaction involving unrelated third
parties. All such transactions shall receive the approval of the Issuer’s board of
directors including at least one Independent Director.




     (vi) Maintain a principal executive and administrative office through which its
business is conducted and a telephone number separate from those of its members, managers
and other Affiliates. To the extent that the Issuer and any of its members, managers or
other Affiliates have offices in contiguous space, there shall be fair and appropriate
allocation of overhead costs (including rent) among them, and each such entity shall bear
its fair share of such expenses.




     (vii) Conduct its affairs strictly in accordance with its certificate of formation and
limited liability company agreement and observe all necessary, appropriate and customary
formalities, including, but not limited to, holding all regular and special meetings of the
board of directors appropriate to authorize all actions of the Issuer, keeping separate and
accurate minutes of such meetings, passing all resolutions or consents necessary to
authorize actions taken or to be taken, and maintaining accurate and separate books, records
and accounts, including, but not limited to, intercompany transaction accounts. Regular
meetings of the board of directors shall be held at least annually.




     (viii) Ensure that its board of directors shall at all times include at least one
Independent Director (for purposes hereof, “Independent Director” shall mean any
member of the board of directors of the Issuer that is not and has not at any time been (x)
an officer, agent, advisor, consultant, attorney, accountant, employee or shareholder of any
Affiliate of the Issuer which is not a special purpose entity, (y) a director of any
Affiliate of the Issuer other than an independent director of any Affiliate which is a
special purpose entity or (z) a member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing).




     (ix) Ensure that decisions with respect to its business and daily operations shall be
independently made by the Issuer (although the officer making any particular decision may
also be an officer or director of an Affiliate of the Issuer) and shall not be dictated by
an Affiliate of the Issuer.



76









 






     (x) Act solely in its own company name and through its own authorized members,
managers, officers and agents, and no Affiliate of the Issuer shall be appointed
to act as agent of the Issuer. The Issuer shall at all times use its own stationery
and business forms and describe itself as a separate legal entity.




     (xi) Except as contemplated by the Transaction Documents, ensure that no Affiliate of
the Issuer shall loan money to the Issuer, and no Affiliate of the Issuer will otherwise
guaranty debts of the Issuer.




     (xii) Other than organizational expenses and as contemplated by the Transaction
Documents, pay all expenses, indebtedness and other obligations incurred by it using its own
funds.




     (xiii) Except as provided herein and in any other Transaction Document, not enter into
any guaranty, or otherwise become liable, with respect to or hold its assets or
creditworthiness out as being available for the payment of any obligation of any Affiliate
of the Issuer nor shall the Issuer make any loans to any Person.




     (xiv) Ensure that any financial reports required of the Issuer shall comply with GAAP
and shall be issued separately from, but may be consolidated with, any reports prepared for
any of its Affiliates so long as such consolidated reports contain footnotes describing the
effect of the transactions between the Issuer and such Affiliate and also state that the
assets of the Issuer are not available to pay creditors of the Affiliate.




     (xv) Ensure that at all times it is adequately capitalized to engage in the
transactions contemplated in its certificate of formation and its limited liability company
agreement.




     (xvi) Take all actions on its part as are necessary to comply with each assumption
contained in the true sale and substantive consolidation opinions given as of the date
hereof.



     (n) Computer Files. Mark or cause to be marked each Pledged Loan in its computer
files as described in Section 4.2(b).



     (o) Taxes. File or cause to be filed, and cause each of its Affiliates with whom it
shares consolidated tax liability to file, all federal, state, and foreign local tax returns which
are required to be filed by it, except where the failure to file such returns could not reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid all taxes
due and owing by it, other than any taxes or assessments, the validity of which are being contested
in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which the Issuer or the applicable
Affiliate shall have set aside adequate reserves on its books in accordance with GAAP, and which
proceedings could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.



     (p) Tax Classification. For as long as the Notes are outstanding, the Issuer shall
not take any action, or fail to take any action, that would cause the Issuer to not remain
classified, for federal income tax purposes, as a disregarded entity or a partnership that is not
classified as a publicly traded partnership.



77









 





     (q) Transaction Documents. Comply in all material respects with the terms of, employ
the procedures outlined in and enforce the obligations of the Depositor under the Term Purchase
Agreement and of the parties to each of the other Transaction Documents to which the Issuer is a
party, and take all such action as may reasonably be required to maintain all such Transaction
Documents to which the Issuer is a party in full force and effect.



     (r) Loan Schedule. At least once each calendar month, electronically provide to the
Trustee an amendment to the Loan Schedule, or cause the Servicer to electronically provide an
amendment to the Loan Schedule, listing the Pledged Loans released from the Collateral and adding
to the Loan Schedule any Qualified Substitute Loans and amending the Loan Schedule to reflect terms
or discrepancies in such schedule that become known to the Issuer since the filing of the original
Loan Schedule or since the most recent amendment thereto.



     (s) Segregation of Collections. (a) Prevent the deposit into any Account of any funds
other than Collections or other funds to be deposited into such Accounts under this Indenture or
the other Transaction Documents (provided that, this covenant shall not be breached to the
extent that funds are inadvertently deposited into any of such Accounts and are promptly segregated
and removed from the Account); and




     (b) With respect to each Lockbox Account either (i) prevent the deposit into such
account of any funds other than Collections in respect of Pledged Loans or (ii) enter into
an intercreditor agreement with other entities which have an interest in the amounts in the
Lockbox Account to allocate the Collections with respect to the Pledged Loans to the Issuer
and transfer such amounts to the Trustee for deposit into the appropriate Collection
Account; (provided that, the covenant in clause (i) of this paragraph (b) shall not
be breached to the extent that funds not constituting Collections in respect of the Pledged
Loans are inadvertently deposited into such Lockbox Account and are promptly segregated and
remitted to the owner thereof).



     (t) Filings; Further Assurances. (i) On or prior to the Closing Date, the Issuer
shall have caused at its sole expense the Financing Statements, assignments and amendments thereof
necessary to perfect the security interest in the Collateral to be filed or recorded in the
appropriate offices.




     (ii) The Issuer shall, at its sole expense, from time to time authorize, prepare,
execute and deliver, or authorize and cause to be prepared, executed and delivered, all such
Financing Statements, continuation statements, amendments, instruments of further assurance
and other instruments, in such forms, and shall take such other actions, as shall be
required by the Servicer, the Insurer or the Trustee or as the Servicer, the Insurer or the
Trustee otherwise deems reasonably necessary or advisable to perfect the Lien created in the
Collateral. The Servicer agrees, at its sole expense, to cooperate with the Issuer in
taking any such action (whether at the request of the Issuer or the Trustee). Without
limiting the foregoing, the Issuer shall from time to time, at its sole expense, authorize,
execute, file, deliver and record all such supplements and amendments hereto and all



78









 







such Financing Statements, amendments thereto, continuation statements, instruments of further
assurance, or other statements, specific assignments or other instruments or documents and
take any other action that is reasonably necessary to, or that any of the
Servicer, the Issuer or the Trustee deems reasonably necessary or advisable to: (i)
Grant more effectively all or any portion of the Collateral; (ii) maintain or preserve the
Lien Granted hereunder (and the priority thereof) or carry out more effectively the purposes
hereof; (iii) perfect, maintain the perfection of, publish notice of, or protect the
validity of any Grant made pursuant to this Indenture; (iv) enforce any of the Pledged Loans
or any of the other Pledged Assets (including without limitation by cooperating with the
Trustee, at the expense of the Issuer, in filing and recording such Financing Statements
against such Obligors as the Servicer or the Trustee shall deem necessary or advisable from
time to time); (v) preserve and defend title to any Pledged Loans or all or any other part
of the Pledged Assets, and the rights of the Trustee in such Pledged Loans or other related
Pledged Assets, against the claims of all Persons and parties; or (vi) pay any and all taxes
levied or assessed upon all or any part of any Collateral.




     (iii) The Issuer shall, on or prior to the date of Grant of any Pledged Loans
hereunder, deliver or cause to be delivered all original copies of the Pledged Loan (other
than in the case of any Pledged Loans not required under the terms of the relevant Purchase
Agreement to be in the relevant Loan File), together with the related Loan File, to the
Custodian, in suitable form for transfer by delivery, or accompanied by duly executed
instruments of transfer or assignment in blank, all in form and substance satisfactory to
the Trustee. Such “original copies” may be provided in microfiche or other electronic form
to the extent permitted under the Custodial Agreement. In the event that the Issuer
receives any other instrument or any writing which, in either event, evidences a Pledged
Loan or other Pledged Assets, the Issuer shall deliver such instrument or writing to the
Custodian to be held as collateral in which the Collateral Agent has a security interest for
the benefit of the Trustee within two Business Days after the Issuer’s receipt thereof, in
suitable form for transfer by delivery, or accompanied by duly executed instruments of
transfer or assignment in blank, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee.




     (iv) The Issuer hereby authorizes the Trustee, and gives the Collateral Agent its
irrevocable power of attorney (which authorization is coupled with an interest and is
irrevocable), in the name of the Issuer or otherwise, to execute, deliver, file and record
any Financing Statement, continuation statement, amendment, specific assignment or other
writing or paper and to take any other action that the Trustee at the direction of the
Control Party, may deem necessary or appropriate to further perfect the Lien created hereby.
Any expenses incurred by the Trustee or the Collateral Agent pursuant to the exercise of
its rights under this Section 6.1 shall be for the sole account and responsibility of the
Issuer and payable under Section 3.1 to the Trustee.



     (u) Management of Resorts. The Issuer hereby covenants and agrees that it will with
respect to each Resort cause the Originator with respect to that Resort (to the extent that such
Originator is otherwise responsible for maintaining such Resort) to do or cause to be done all
things which it may accomplish with a reasonable amount of cost or effort, in order to maintain
each such Resort (including without limitation all grounds, waters and improvements thereon) in at
least as good condition, repair and working order as would be customary for prudent managers of
similar timeshare properties.



79









 





     Section 6.2 Negative Covenants of the Issuer. So long as any of the Notes are
outstanding, the Issuer shall not:



     (a) Sales, Liens, Etc., Against Receivables and Related Security. Except for the
releases contemplated under Sections 5.4, 14.4, 14.5, 14.6 and 14.7 of this Indenture, sell, assign
(by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or create or suffer to exist, any Lien
(other than the Lien created by this Indenture or, with respect to Vacation Ownership Interests
relating to Pledged Loans, any Permitted Encumbrances thereon) upon or with respect to, any Pledged
Loan or any other Pledged Assets, or any interests in either thereof, or upon or with respect to
any Collateral hereunder. The Issuer shall immediately notify the Trustee, the Insurer and the
Collateral Agent of the existence of any Lien on any Pledged Loan or any other Pledged Assets, and
the Issuer shall defend the right, title and interest of each of the Issuer, the Insurer and the
Collateral Agent, Trustee and Noteholders in, to and under the Pledged Loans and all other Pledged
Assets, against all claims of third parties.



     (b) Extension or Amendment of Loan Terms. Extend (other than as a result of a
Timeshare Upgrade or in accordance with Customary Practices), amend, waive or otherwise modify the
terms of any Pledged Loan or permit the rescission or cancellation of any Pledged Loan, whether for
any reason relating to a negative change in the related Obligor’s creditworthiness or inability to
make any payment under the Pledged Loan or otherwise.



     (c) Change in Business or Credit Standard and Collection Policies. (i) Make any
change in the character of its business or (ii) make any change in the Credit Standards and
Collection Policies or (iii) deviate from the exercise of Customary Practices, which change or
deviation would, in any such case, materially impair the value or collectibility of any Pledged
Loan.



     (d) Change in Payment Instructions to Obligors. Add or terminate any bank as a
Lockbox Bank from those listed in Schedule 2 hereto or make any change in the instructions to
Obligors regarding payments to be made to any Lockbox Account at a Lockbox Bank, unless the Trustee
shall have received (i) 30 days’ prior notice of such addition, termination or change; (ii) written
confirmation from the Issuer that after the effectiveness of any such termination, there shall be
at least one (1) Lockbox Account in existence; and (iii) prior to the effective date of such
addition, termination or change, (x) executed copies of Lockbox Agreements executed by each new
Lockbox Bank, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Servicer and (y) copies of all agreements and
documents signed by either the Issuer or the respective Lockbox Bank with respect to any new
Lockbox Account.



     (e) Stock, Merger, Consolidation, Etc. Consolidate with or merge into or with any
other Person, or purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the assets or capital
stock, or other ownership interest of, any Person or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of
all or substantially all of its assets to any Person, except as expressly permitted under the terms
of this Indenture.



80









 





     (f) No Change in Control. At any time fail to be a wholly owned direct or indirect
subsidiary of the Performance Guarantor and a wholly owned direct or indirect subsidiary of WCF.



     (g) ERISA Matters. Establish or maintain or contribute to any Benefit Plan that is
covered by Title IV of ERISA.



     (h) Terminate or Reject Loans. Without limiting anything in subsection 6.2(b),
terminate or reject any Pledged Loan prior to the end of the term of such Loan, whether such
rejection or early termination is made pursuant to an equitable cause, statute, regulation,
judicial proceeding or other applicable law, unless prior to such termination or rejection, such
Pledged Loan and any related Pledged Assets have been released from the Lien created by this
Indenture.



     (i) Debt. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Debt except as contemplated by
the Transaction Documents.



     (j) Guarantees. Guarantee, endorse or otherwise be or become contingently liable
(including by agreement to maintain balance sheet tests) in connection with the obligations of any
other Person, except endorsements of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course
of business and reimbursement or indemnification obligations as provided for under this Indenture
or as contemplated by the Transaction Documents.



     (k) Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. Enter into, or be a party to any
transaction with any Affiliate, except for:




     (i) the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Transaction Documents; and




     (ii) to the extent not otherwise prohibited under this Indenture, other transactions
upon fair and reasonable terms materially no less favorable to the Issuer than would be
obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate.



     (l) Lines of Business. Conduct any business other than that described in the LLC
Agreement, or enter into any transaction with any Person which is not contemplated by or incidental
to the performance of its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.



     (m) Limitation on Investments. Make or suffer to exist any loans or advances to, or
extend any credit to, or make any investments (by way of transfer of property, contributions to
capital, purchase of stock or securities or evidences of indebtedness, acquisition of the business
or assets or otherwise) in, any Affiliate or any other Person except for (i) Permitted Investments
and (ii) the purchase of Loans pursuant to the terms of the Term Purchase Agreement.



     (n) Insolvency Proceedings. Seek dissolution or liquidation in whole or in part of
the Issuer.



81









 





     (o) Distributions to Member. Make any distribution to its Member except as provided
in the LLC Agreement.



     (p) Place of Business; Change of Name. Change (x) its type or jurisdiction of
organization from that listed in Section 4.1(a) or (y) its name, unless in any such event the
Issuer shall have given the Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Insurer and the Swap Counterparty
at least ten (10) days prior written notice thereof and shall take all action necessary or
reasonably requested by the Trustee, the Insurer or the Collateral Agent to amend its existing
Financing Statements and file additional Financing Statements in all applicable jurisdictions
necessary or advisable to maintain the perfection of the Lien of the Collateral Agent under this
Indenture.



ARTICLE VII




SERVICING OF PLEDGED LOANS




     Section 7.1 Responsibility for Loan Administration. The Servicer shall manage,
administer, service and make collections on the Pledged Loans on behalf of the Trustee and Issuer.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, but subject to all other provisions hereof, the
Trustee and the Issuer grant to the Servicer a limited power of attorney to execute and the
Servicer is hereby authorized and empowered to so execute and deliver, on behalf of itself, the
Issuer and the Trustee or any of them, any and all instruments of satisfaction or cancellation or
of partial or full release or discharge and all other comparable instruments with respect to the
Pledged Loans, any related Mortgages and the related Vacation Ownership Interests, but only to the
extent deemed necessary by the Servicer.



     Each of the Trustee, the Issuer and the Collateral Agent, at the request of a Servicing
Officer, shall furnish the Servicer with any documents in its possession reasonably requested or
take any action reasonably requested, necessary or appropriate to enable the Servicer to carry out
its servicing and administrative duties hereunder (subject, in the case of requests for documents
contained in any Loan Files, to the requirements of Section 6.1(l)).



     WCF is hereby appointed as the Servicer until such time as any Service Transfer shall be
effected under Article XII.



     Section 7.2 Standard of Care. In managing, administering, servicing and making
collections on the Pledged Loans pursuant to this Indenture, the Servicer will exercise that degree
of skill and care consistent with Customary Practices and the Credit Standards and Collection
Policies.



     Section 7.3 Records. The Servicer shall, during the period it is Servicer hereunder,
maintain such books of account, computer data files and other records as will enable the Trustee to
determine the status of each Pledged Loan and will enable such Loan to be serviced in accordance
with the terms of this Indenture by a Successor Servicer following a Service Transfer.



     Section 7.4 Loan Schedule. The Servicer shall at all times maintain the Loan Schedule
and electronically provide to the Trustee, the Issuer, the Insurer, the Collateral Agent and the
Custodian a current, complete copy of the Loan Schedule. The Loan Schedule may be in one or
multiple documents including the original listing and monthly amendments listing changes.



82









 





     Section 7.5 Enforcement.



     (a) The Servicer will, consistent with Section 7.2, act with respect to the Pledged Loans in
such manner as will maximize the receipt of Collections in respect of such Pledged Loans
(including, to the extent necessary, instituting foreclosure proceedings against the Vacation
Ownership Interest, if any, underlying a Pledged Loan or disposing of the underlying Vacation
Ownership Interest, if any). The Servicer will diligently monitor the integration of the
collection functions of WCF and WRDC and to the extent the Servicer detects any deterioration in
collections or any increase in delinquencies or defaults or other factors which indicate or might
indicate any deterioration in collections, the Servicer will use its best efforts to determine the
source of the problem and will use its best efforts to remedy such problem.



     (b) The Servicer may sue to enforce or collect upon Pledged Loans, in its own name, if
possible, or as agent for the Issuer. If the Servicer elects to commence a legal proceeding to
enforce a Pledged Loan, the act of commencement shall be deemed to be an automatic assignment of
the Pledged Loan to the Servicer for purposes of collection only. If, however, in any enforcement
suit or legal proceeding it is held that the Servicer may not enforce a Pledged Loan on the grounds
that it is not a real party in interest or a holder entitled to enforce the Pledged Loan, the
Trustee on behalf of the Issuer shall, at the Servicer’s expense, take such steps as the Servicer
and the Trustee may mutually agree are necessary (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld)
to enforce the Pledged Loan, including bringing suit in its name or the name of the Issuer. The
Servicer shall provide to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses
and liabilities which may be incurred thereby.



     (c) The Servicer, upon notice to the Trustee, may grant to the Obligor on any Pledged Loan any
rebate, refund or adjustment out of the appropriate Collection Account that the Servicer in good
faith believes is required as a matter of law; provided that, on any Business Day on which
such rebate, refund or adjustment is to be paid hereunder, such rebate, refund or adjustment shall
only be paid to the extent of funds otherwise available for distribution from the Collection
Account.



     (d) The Servicer will not extend, amend, waive or otherwise modify the terms of any Pledged
Loan or permit the rescission or cancellation of any Pledged Loan, whether for any reason relating
to a negative change in the related Obligor’s creditworthiness or inability to make any payment
under the Pledged Loan or otherwise, other than in accordance with Customary Practices.



     (e) The Servicer shall have discretion to sell the collateral which secures any Defaulted
Loans free and clear of the Lien of this Indenture, in exchange for cash, in accordance with
Customary Practices and Credit Standards and Collection Policies. All proceeds of any such sale of
such collateral shall be deposited by the Servicer into the Collection Account.



83









 





     (f) The Servicer shall not sell any Defaulted Loan or any collateral securing a Defaulted Loan
to any Seller or Originator except for an amount at least equal to the fair market value thereof.



     (g) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the Servicer shall have no
obligation to, and shall not, foreclose on the collateral securing any Pledged Loan unless the
proceeds from such foreclosure will be sufficient to cover the expenses of such foreclosure.



     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, proceeds from the foreclosure by the
Servicer on the collateral securing any Pledged Loans shall first be applied by the Servicer to
reimburse itself for the expenses of such foreclosure, and any remaining proceeds shall be
deposited into the Collection Account.



     Section 7.6 Trustee and Collateral Agent to Cooperate. Upon request of a Servicing
Officer, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall perform such other acts as are reasonably
requested by the Servicer (including without limitation the execution of documents) and otherwise
cooperate with the Servicer in enforcement of the Trustee’s rights and remedies with respect to
Pledged Loans.



     Section 7.7 Other Matters Relating to the Servicer. The Servicer is hereby authorized
and empowered to:



     (a) advise the Trustee in connection with the amount of withdrawals from Accounts in
accordance with the provisions of this Indenture;



     (b) execute and deliver, on behalf of the Issuer, any and all instruments of satisfaction or
cancellation, or of partial or full release or discharge, and all other comparable instruments,
with respect to the Pledged Loans and, after the delinquency of any Pledged Loan and to the extent
permitted under and in compliance with applicable law and regulations, to commence enforcement
proceedings with respect to such Pledged Loan including without limitation the exercise of rights
under any power-of-attorney granted in any Pledged Loan; and



     (c) make any filings, reports, notices, applications, registrations with, and to seek any
consents or authorizations from the Securities and Exchange Commission and any state securities
authority on behalf of the Issuer as may be necessary or advisable to comply with any federal or
state securities or reporting requirements laws.



     Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder, the Trustee agrees that it shall
promptly follow the instructions of the Servicer duly given to withdraw funds from the Accounts.



     Section 7.8 Servicing Compensation. As compensation for its servicing activities
hereunder the Servicer shall be entitled to receive the Monthly Servicer Fee.



     Section 7.9 Costs and Expenses. The costs and expenses incurred by the Servicer in
carrying out its duties hereunder, including without limitation the fees and expenses incurred in
connection with the enforcement of Pledged Loans, shall be paid by the Servicer and the Servicer
shall be entitled to reimbursement hereunder from the Issuer as provided in Section 3.1 and Section
7.5(g). Failure by the Servicer to receive reimbursement shall not relieve the Servicer of its
obligations under this Indenture.



84









 





     Section 7.10 Representations and Warranties of the Servicer. The Servicer hereby
represents and warrants to the Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Noteholders as of the date of
this Indenture:



     (a) Organization and Good Standing. The Servicer is a corporation duly organized,
validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has full
corporate power, authority, and legal right to own its property and conduct its business as such
properties are presently owned and such business is presently conducted, and to execute, deliver
and perform its obligations under this Indenture. The Servicer is duly qualified to do business
and is in good standing as a foreign corporation, and has obtained all necessary licenses and
approvals in each jurisdiction necessary for the enforcement of each Pledged Loan or in which
failure to qualify or to obtain such licenses and approvals would have a Material Adverse Effect on
the Noteholders.



     (b) Due Authorization. The execution and delivery by the Servicer of each of the
Transaction Documents to which it is a party, and the consummation by the Servicer of the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by the Servicer by all
necessary corporate action on the part of the Servicer.



     (c) Binding Obligations. Each of the Transaction Documents to which Servicer is a
party constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Servicer enforceable against the
Servicer in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be subject to or limited
by applicable Debtor Relief Laws and except as such enforceability may be limited by general
principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity).



     (d) No Conflict; No Violation. The execution and delivery by the Servicer of each of
the Transaction Documents to which the Servicer is a party, and the performance by the Servicer of
the transactions contemplated by such agreements and the fulfillment by the Servicer of the terms
hereof and thereof applicable to the Servicer, will not conflict with, violate, result in any
breach of the terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or
both) a default under any provision of any existing law or regulation or any order or decree of any
court applicable to the Servicer or its certificate of incorporation or bylaws or any material
indenture, contract, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other material instrument, to which the
Servicer is a party or by which it is bound, except where such conflict, violation, breach or
default would not have a Material Adverse Effect.



     (e) No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to the
knowledge of the Servicer threatened, against the Servicer, before any court, regulatory body,
administrative agency, or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality (i) asserting the
invalidity of this Indenture or any of the other Transaction Documents, (ii) seeking to prevent the
consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Indenture or any of the other
Transaction Documents, (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that, in the reasonable judgment
of the Servicer, would adversely affect the performance by the Servicer of its obligations under
this Indenture or any of the other Transaction Documents, (iv) seeking any



85









 







determination or ruling
that would adversely affect the validity or enforceability of this Indenture or any of the other
Transaction Documents or (v) seeking any determination or ruling that would have a Material Adverse
Effect.



     (f) All Consents Required. All approvals, authorizations, consents, orders or other
actions of any Person or any governmental body or official required in connection with the
execution and delivery by the Servicer of this Indenture or of the other Transaction Documents
to which it is a party or the performance by the Servicer of the transactions contemplated
hereby and thereby and the fulfillment by the Servicer of the terms hereof and thereof, have been
obtained, except where the failure so to do would not have a Material Adverse Effect.



     Section 7.11 Additional Covenants of the Servicer. The Servicer further agrees as
provided in this Section 7.11.



     (a) Change in Payment Instructions to Obligors. The Servicer will not add or
terminate any bank as a Lockbox Bank from those listed in Schedule 2 to this Indenture or make any
change in the instructions to Obligors regarding payments to be made to any Lockbox Bank, unless
the Trustee shall have received (i) 30 Business Days’ prior notice of such addition, termination or
change and (ii) prior to the effective date of such addition, termination or change, (x) fully
executed copies of the new or revised Lockbox Agreements executed by each new Lockbox Bank, the
Issuer, the Trustee and the Servicer and (y) copies of all agreements and documents signed by
either the Issuer or the respective Lockbox Bank with respect to any new Lockbox Account.



     (b) Collections. If the Servicer receives any Collections, the Servicer shall hold
such Collections in trust for the benefit of the Trustee and deposit such Collections into a
Lockbox Account or the Collection Account as soon as practicable but in any event within two
Business Days following the Servicer’s receipt thereof.



     (c) Compliance with Requirements of Law. The Servicer will maintain in effect all
qualifications required under all relevant laws, rules, regulations and orders in order to service
each Pledged Loan, and shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules,
regulations and orders with respect to it, its business and properties, and the servicing of the
Pledged Loans (including without limitation the laws, rules and regulations of each state governing
the sale of timeshare contracts).



     (d) Protection of Rights. The Servicer will take no action that would impair in any
material respect the rights of any of the Collateral Agent or the Trustee in the Pledged Loans or
any other Collateral, or violate the Collateral Agency Agreement.



     (e) Credit Standards and Collection Policies. The Servicer will comply in all
material respects with the Credit Standards and Collection Policies and Customary Practices with
respect to each Pledged Loan.



     (f) Notice to Obligors. The Servicer will ensure that the Obligor of each Pledged
Loan either:



86









 






     (1) has been instructed, pursuant to the Servicer’s routine distribution of a periodic
statement to such Obligor next succeeding:




	 	(A)	 	the date the Loan becomes a Pledged Loan, or
	 
	 	(B)	 	the day on which a PAC ceased to apply to such
Pledged Loan, in the case of a Pledged Loan formerly subject to a PAC,




but in no event later than the then next succeeding due date for a Scheduled Payment under the
related Pledged Loan, to remit Scheduled Payments thereunder to a Post Office Box for credit to a
Lockbox Account, or directly to a Lockbox Account, in each case maintained at a Lockbox Bank
pursuant to the terms of a Lockbox Agreement, or




          (2) has entered into a PAC, pursuant to which a deposit account of such Obligor is made
subject to a pre-authorized debit in respect of Scheduled Payments as they become due and payable,
and the Servicer has taken, and has caused each of the Lockbox Bank and/or the Trustee to take, all
necessary and appropriate action to ensure that each such pre-authorized debit is credited directly
to a Lockbox Account.




     (g) Relocation of Servicer. The Servicer shall at all times maintain each office from
which it services Pledged Loans within the United States of America.



     (h) Instruments. The Servicer will not remove any portion of the Pledged Loans or
other collateral that consists of money or is evidenced by an instrument, certificate or other
writing (including any Pledged Loan) from the jurisdiction in which it is then held unless the
Trustee has first received an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Lien created by this
Indenture with respect to such property will continue to be maintained after giving effect to such
action or actions; provided, however, that the Custodian, the Collateral Agent and
the Servicer may remove Loans from such jurisdiction to the extent necessary to satisfy any
requirement of law or court order, in all cases in accordance with the provisions of the Custodial
Agreement, the Collateral Agency Agreement and this Indenture.



     (i) Loan Schedule. The Servicer will promptly amend the Loan Schedule to reflect
terms or discrepancies that become known to the Servicer at any time.



     (j) Segregation of Collections. The Servicer will:




     (i) prevent the deposit into any Account of any funds other than Collections or other
funds to be deposited into such Account under this Indenture (provided that, this
covenant shall not be breached to the extent that funds are inadvertently deposited into any
of such Accounts and are promptly segregated and removed from the Account); and




     (ii) with respect to each Lockbox Account either (a) prevent the deposit into such
account of any funds other than Collections in respect of Pledged Loans or (b) enter into an
intercreditor agreement with other entities which have an interest in the amounts in such
Lockbox Account to allocate the Collections with respect to Pledged Loans to the Issuer and
transfer such amounts to the Trustee for deposit into the appropriate Collection Account
(provided that, the covenant in clause (a) of this paragraph (ii) shall not be



87









 







breached to the extent funds not constituting Collections in respect of Pledged Loans are
inadvertently deposited into such Lockbox Account and are promptly segregated and remitted
to the owner thereof).



     (k) Terminate or Reject Loans. Except to the extent necessary to address defects in
the sales process or in cases of exceptional hardship of the Obligor, and without limiting anything
in subsection 6.2(b), the Servicer will not terminate any Pledged Loan prior to the end of the term
of such Loan, whether such early termination is made pursuant to an equitable cause,
statute, regulation, judicial proceeding or other applicable law, unless prior to such
termination, the Issuer consents and any related Pledged Assets have been released from the Lien of
this Indenture.



     (l) Change in Business or Credit Standards and Collection Policies. The Servicer will
not make any change in the Credit Standards and Collection Policies or deviate from the exercise of
Customary Practices, which change or deviation would materially impair the value or collectibility
of any Pledged Loan.



     (m) Keeping of Records and Books of Account. The Servicer shall maintain and
implement administrative and operating procedures (including without limitation an ability to
recreate records evidencing the Pledged Loans in the event of the destruction or loss of the
originals thereof) and keep and maintain, all documents, books, records and other information
reasonably necessary or advisable for the collection of all Pledged Loans (including without
limitation records adequate to permit the daily identification of all Collections with respect to,
and adjustments of amounts payable under, each Pledged Loan).



     (n) Recordation of Collateral Assignments. The Servicer will cause the collateral
Assignment of Mortgage to the Collateral Agent to be perfected as provided in the WVRI Master Loan
Purchase Agreement, except that the Servicer shall not be required to file or cause the filing of
such collateral Assignment of Mortgage to the extent the related Vacation Ownership Interest is
located in the State of Florida and the Servicer shall have received an Opinion of Counsel to the
effect that no recordings or filings of the Assignment of Mortgage are necessary under the laws of
the State of Florida to perfect the security interest of the Collateral Agent in the Mortgages
incumbering Florida Vacation Ownership Interests. If the Servicer is unable to obtain the opinion
described in the preceding sentence, then the Servicer will take or cause to be taken such action
as is required to record the Assignment of Mortgage with respect to the Vacation Ownership
Interests located in the State of Florida.



     (o) Maintenance of Security Interest. Upon its receipt on or before March 31 of each
year, commencing in 2008, of a copy of the opinion described in Section 2.02(g) of the Insurance
Agreement as in effect on the date hereof, the Servicer shall review the opinion and, to the extent
any such opinion describes the recording, filing, re-recording or refiling of any document or the
filing of any financing statements, continuation statements, or amendments that, in the opinion of
such counsel, are required to maintain the lien and security interest created by this Indenture,
then the Servicer, at the expense of the Issuer, shall cooperate with the Issuer in taking such
actions within the time limits described in such opinion.



88









 





     (p) Credit Standards and Collection Policies. The Servicer will make a diligent
effort to deliver to the Insurer a copy of each material amendment or material modification of the
Credit Standards and Collection Policies promptly upon the effectiveness of any such amendment or
modification provided that any inadvertent failure to deliver any such amendment or modification
will not be deemed a default under this Agreement.



     Section 7.12 Servicer not to Resign.



     The entity then serving as Servicer shall not resign from the obligations and duties hereby
imposed on it hereunder except upon determination that (i) the performance of its duties hereunder
is no longer permissible under applicable law, (ii) there is no reasonable action which can be
taken to make the performance of its duties hereunder permissible under applicable law and (iii) a
Successor Servicer shall have been appointed and accepted the duties as Servicer pursuant to
Section 12.2. Any such determination permitting the resignation of the Servicer pursuant to clause
(i) of the preceding sentence shall be evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel to such effect delivered
to the Trustee and the Insurer. No such resignation shall be effective until a Successor Servicer
shall have assumed the responsibilities and obligations of the Servicer in accordance with Section
12.2.



     Section 7.13 Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of Servicer



     The Servicer shall not consolidate with or merge into any other corporation or convey or
transfer its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person unless:



          (i) the corporation formed by such consolidation or into which the Servicer is merged or the
Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer the properties and assets of the Servicer
substantially as an entirety shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the
United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia and, if the Servicer is
not the surviving entity, shall expressly assume by an agreement supplemental hereto, executed and
delivered to the Trustee in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the performance of every covenant and
obligation of the Servicer hereunder;




          (ii) the Servicer has delivered to the Trustee and the Insurer an Officer’s Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer and such
supplemental agreement comply with this Section 7.13, and all conditions precedent provided for
herein relating to such transaction have been satisfied;




          (iii) the Insurer has consented and the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied with
respect to such consolidation, amendment, merger, conveyance or transfer; and




          (iv) immediately prior to and after the consummation of such merger, consolidation, conveyance
or transfer, no event which, with notice or passage of time or both, would become a Servicer
Default under the terms of this Indenture shall have occurred and be continuing.




     Section 7.14 Examination of Records. Each of the Issuer and the Servicer shall
clearly and unambiguously identify each Pledged Loan in its respective computer or other records to
reflect that such Pledged Loan has been Granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this



89









 







Indenture. Each of the Issuer and the Servicer shall, prior to the sale or transfer to a third party of any
Loan similar to the Pledged Loans held in its custody, examine its computer and other records to
determine that such Loan is not a Pledged Loan.



     Section 7.15 Delegation of Duties. In the ordinary course of business, the Servicer,
including any Successor Servicer, may at any time delegate any duties hereunder to any Person who
agrees to conduct such duties in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. Any such delegations
shall not constitute a resignation within the meaning of Section 7.12 of this
Indenture. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, or in any agreement
relating to such delegations, the Servicer shall remain obligated and liable to the Trustee, the
Issuer, the Collateral Agent, the Insurer and the Noteholders for the servicing and administration
of the Pledged Loans in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture to the same extent and
under the same terms and conditions as if it alone were servicing and administering the Pledged
Loans.



     Section 7.16 Servicer Advances. On or before each Determination Date the Servicer may
deposit into the Collection Account an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Servicer Advances,
if any, with respect to Scheduled Payments on Pledged Loans (which are not Defaulted Loans) for the
preceding Due Period which are not received on or prior to such Payment Date. Such Servicer
Advances shall be included as Available Funds. None of the Servicer, any Successor Servicer or the
Trustee, acting as Servicer, shall have any obligation to make any Servicer Advance and may refuse
to make a Servicer Advance for any reason or no reason. The Servicer shall not make any Servicer
Advance that, after reasonable inquiry and in its sole discretion, it determines is unlikely to be
ultimately recoverable from subsequent payments or collections or otherwise with respect to the
Pledged Loan with respect to which such Servicer Advance is proposed to be made.



          Section 7.17 Delivery of Monthly Files. The Servicer shall on or before the
Determination Date in each calendar month deliver to the Collateral Agent an electronic file
containing with respect to each Pledged Loan the loan number, the principal balance of the loan
and the next payment due date for such loan.




ARTICLE VIII




REPORTS




     Section 8.1 Monthly Servicing Report. On or before the Determination Date prior to
each Payment Date, the Servicer shall deliver to the Trustee, the Issuer, the Insurer, Fitch and
S&P a Monthly Servicing Report in a form substantially like that attached as Exhibit D to this
Indenture with such additions as the Trustee may from time to time request and containing
information necessary to make payments and transfer funds as provided in Sections 3.1 and 3.4 of
this Indenture. The Servicer shall deliver each such Monthly Servicing Report to the Trustee on or
before 3:00 p.m. New York City time on the Determination Date. Each Monthly Servicing Report shall
be accompanied by a certificate of a Servicing Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit D
certifying the accuracy of such report and that no Event of Default or event that with the giving
of notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default has occurred, or if such event
has occurred and is continuing, specifying the event and its status. Such certificate



90









 







shall state whether or not a Sequential Order Event, Cash Accumulation Event or Servicer Default has occurred
and shall also identify which, if any, Pledged Loans have been identified as Defective Loans or
have become Defaulted Loans during the preceding Due Period and if a Cash Accumulation Event has
occurred.



     Section 8.2 Other Data. In addition, the Servicer shall at the reasonable request of
the Trustee, the Issuer, the Insurer or a Rating Agency, furnish to the Trustee, the Issuer, the
Insurer or such Rating Agency such underlying data as can be generated by the Servicer’s existing
data processing system without undue modification or expense; provided, however,
nothing in this Section 8.2 shall permit any of the Trustee, the Issuer, the Insurer or any Rating
Agency to materially change or modify the ongoing data reporting requirements under this Article
VIII.



     Section 8.3 Annual Servicer’s Certificate The Servicer will deliver to the Issuer,
the Trustee, the Insurer and each Rating Agency within forty-five (45) days after the end of each
fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2007, an Officer’s Certificate
substantially in the form of Exhibit E stating that (a) a review of the activities of the Servicer
during the preceding calendar year (or, in the case of the first such Officer’s Certificate, the
period since the Closing Date) and of its performance under this Indenture during such period was
made under the supervision of the officer signing such certificate and (b) to the Servicer’s
knowledge, based on such review, the Servicer has fully performed all of its obligations under this
Indenture for the relevant time period, or, if there has been a default in the performance of any
such obligation, specifying each such default known to such officer and the nature and status
thereof.



     Section 8.4 Notices to WCF. In the event that WCF is not acting as Servicer, any
Successor Servicer appointed and acting pursuant to Section 12.2 shall deliver or make available to
WCF each certificate and report required to be prepared, forwarded or delivered thereafter pursuant
to the provisions of this Article VIII.



     Section 8.5 Tax Reporting. The Trustee shall file or cause to be filed with the
Internal Revenue Service and furnish or cause to be furnished to Noteholders Information Reporting
Forms 1099, together with such other information reports or returns at the time or times and in the
manner required by the Code consistent with the treatment of the Notes as indebtedness of the
Issuer for federal income tax purposes.



ARTICLE IX




LOCKBOX ACCOUNTS




     Section 9.1 Lockbox Accounts. The Issuer has established or has caused to be
established and shall maintain or cause to be maintained a system of operations, accounts and
instructions with respect to the Obligors and Lockbox Accounts at the Lockbox Banks as described in
Sections 4.1(j) and 6.1. Pursuant to the Lockbox Agreement to which it is party, each Lockbox Bank
shall be irrevocably instructed to initiate an electronic transfer of all funds on deposit in the
relevant Lockbox Account or to the extent the Lockbox Account is operated under an intercreditor
agreement all funds in the Lockbox Account that are derived from Pledged Loans, to the Collection
Account on the Business Day on which such funds become available.



91









 







Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Trustee shall be authorized to allow the Servicer to effect or direct
deposits into the Lockbox Accounts. The Trustee is hereby irrevocably authorized and empowered, as
the Issuer’s attorney-in-fact, to endorse any item deposited in a Lockbox Account, or presented for
deposit in any Lockbox Account or the Collection Account, requiring the endorsement of the Issuer,
which authorization is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable.



     All funds in each Lockbox Account shall be transferred daily by or upon the order of the
Trustee by electronic funds transfer or intra-bank transfer to the Collection Account.



ARTICLE X




INDEMNITIES




     Section 10.1 Liabilities to Obligors. No obligation or liability to any Obligor under
any of the Pledged Loans is intended to be assumed by the Trustee, the Insurer or the Noteholders
under or as a result of this Indenture and the transactions contemplated hereby and, to the maximum
extent permitted by law, the Trustee, the Insurer and the Noteholders expressly disclaim any such
obligation and liability.



     Section 10.2 Tax Indemnification. The Issuer agrees to pay, and to indemnify, defend
and hold harmless the Trustee, any Successor Servicer, the Noteholders, the Insurer and the Swap
Counterparty from, any taxes which may at any time be asserted with respect to, and as of the date
of, the Grant of the Pledged Loans to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee, any
Successor Servicer, the Noteholders, the Insurer and the Swap Counterparty, including without
limitation any sales, gross receipts, general corporation, personal property, privilege or license
taxes (but not including any federal, state or other income or intangible asset taxes arising out
of the issuance of the Notes or distributions with respect thereto, other than any such intangible
asset taxes in respect of a jurisdiction in which the indemnified person is not otherwise subject
to tax on its intangible assets) and costs, expenses and reasonable counsel fees in defending
against the same.



     Section 10.3 Servicer’s Indemnities. Each entity serving as Servicer shall defend and
indemnify the Issuer and the Trustee against any and all costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims
and liabilities, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and expenses of litigation, in
respect of any action taken, or failure to take any action by such entity as Servicer (but not by
any predecessor or successor Servicer) with respect to this Indenture or any Pledged Loan;
provided, however, such indemnity shall apply only in respect of any negligent
action taken, or negligent failure to take any action, or reckless disregard of duties hereunder,
or bad faith or willful misconduct by the Servicer. This indemnity shall survive any Service
Transfer (but a Servicer’s obligations under this Section 10.3 shall not relate to any actions of
any Successor Servicer after a Service Transfer) and any payment of the amount owing hereunder or
any release by the Issuer of any such Pledged Loan.



     Section 10.4 Operation of Indemnities. Indemnification under this Article X shall
include without limitation reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and expenses of litigation. If
the Servicer has made any indemnity payments to the Trustee, the Noteholders, the Swap Counterparty
or the Issuer pursuant to this Article X and if either the Trustee, the Noteholders, the Swap



92









 







Counterparty or the Issuer thereafter collect any of such amounts from others, the Trustee, the
Noteholders, the Swap Counterparty or the Issuer will promptly repay such amounts collected to the
Servicer without interest.



ARTICLE XI




EVENTS OF DEFAULT




     Section 11.1 Events of Default. If any one of the following events shall occur:



     (a) Available Funds together with the Reserve Account Draw Amount are not sufficient to pay in
full interest due on the Notes on any Payment Date (without regard to amounts paid pursuant to the
Insurance Policy);



     (b) Available Funds together with the Reserve Account Draw Amount on the Scheduled Final
Maturity Date are not sufficient to reduce the Aggregate Principal Amount of the Notes to zero;



     (c) a default in the observance or performance of any material covenant or agreement of the
Issuer made with respect to itself or the Servicer made with respect to itself in this Indenture
(other than a covenant or agreement, a default in the observance or performance of which is
elsewhere in this Section 11.1 specifically dealt with) or in the Insurance Agreement, or any
representation or warranty of the Issuer made as to itself or the Servicer made with respect to
itself in this Indenture or in the Insurance Agreement, or in any certificate or other writing
delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, or in connection herewith or therewith, proving to have been
incorrect in any material respect as of the time when the same shall have been made, and such
default shall continue or not be cured, or the circumstance or condition in respect of which such
representation or warranty was incorrect shall not have been eliminated or otherwise cured, for a
period of thirty (30) days after the earlier of actual knowledge or the receipt of written notice
sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the Issuer, if the Issuer is in
default, or to the Servicer, if the Servicer is in default, by the Trustee or to the Issuer and the
Servicer, as applicable, and the Trustee by (A) the Insurer, if no Insurer Default has occurred and
is continuing or (B) during the continuation of an Insurer Default, the Majority Holders of Class A
Notes and the Majority Holders of the Class B Notes, specifying such default or incorrect
representation or warranty and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a
“Notice of Default” hereunder;



     (d) (1) the Issuer shall consent to the appointment of a conservator, receiver or liquidator
in any insolvency, adjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings
of or relating to the Issuer or to all or substantially all of its property, as the case may be;
(2) a decree or order of a court, agency or supervisory authority having jurisdiction for the
appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator in any insolvency, adjustment of debt,
marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings, or for the winding-up or liquidation
of its affairs, shall have been entered against the Issuer and such decree or order shall have
remained in force undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or (3) the Issuer shall become
insolvent or admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due,



93









 







file a petition to take advantage of any applicable insolvency or reorganization statute, make an
assignment for the benefit of its creditors or voluntarily suspend payment of its obligations;



     (e) the Issuer shall become or come under the control of an “investment company” subject to
registration under the Investment Company Act; or



     (f) failure on the part of WCF or WRDC, if any, to (i) repurchase any Defective Loan or
provide a Qualified Substitute Loan if required to do so under the terms of the applicable Purchase
Agreement or (ii) maintain the perfection and first priority status of the security interest
granted to the Depositor upon the sale of the Pledged Loans and such failure continues for a period
of thirty (30) days after actual knowledge of such failure or the receipt of written notice sent by
registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the Issuer, and to WCF or WRDC, as
applicable, by the Trustee or to the Issuer and WCF or WRDC, as applicable, and the Trustee by (a)
the Insurer, if no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing or (B) during the continuation of
an Insurer Default, the Majority Holders of the Class A Notes and the Majority Holders of the Class
B Notes, specifying such failure and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a
“Notice of Default” hereunder;



THEN,





     (i) with respect to the event described in subparagraph (d), an Event of Default shall
automatically occur as of the date of such event;




     (ii) with respect to an event described in subparagraph (a) an Event of Default will
occur upon the occurrence of the event and the declaration that such event shall constitute
an Event of Default which declaration shall be made by the Trustee or (A) if no Insurer
Default has occurred and is continuing, by the Insurer, provided, however, that if (x)
Available Funds together with the Reserve Account Draw Amount have been on all prior Payment
Dates and are on such Payment Date sufficient to pay in full the interest due on the Class A
Notes on each such date (without regard to amounts paid pursuant to the Insurance Policy),
(y) all amounts due to the Insurer under the Transaction Documents (including without
limitation, any Reimbursement Amount) have been paid in full and (z) no other Event of
Default, Sequential Order Event or Servicer Default shall have occurred at any time since
the Closing Date (without regard to whether any such Event of Default, Sequential Order
Event or Servicer Default has been waived or cured), then the Insurer shall declare such
Event of Default only with the consent of the Holders of the Majority Holders of the Class B
Notes or (B) if an Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing, during the continuation
of such Insurer Default, by the Holders of the Majority Holders the Class A Notes, provided,
however, that if Available Funds together with the Reserve Account Draw Amount are
sufficient (without regard to amounts paid pursuant to the Insurance Policy) to pay in full
interest due on the Class A Notes on the Payment Date, then the Majority Holders of the
Class A Notes shall declare such Event of Default only with the consent of the Majority
Holders of the Class B Notes;




     (iii) with respect to an event described in subparagraph (b) an Event of Default will
occur upon the occurrence of the event and the declaration that such event shall constitute
an Event of Default which declaration shall be made by the Trustee or (A)



94









 







unless provision (B) of this clause (iii) applies, if no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing, by
the Insurer or if an Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing, by the Majority Holders
of the Class A Notes; or (B) if on or before the Scheduled Final Maturity Date, the Class A
Notes have been paid in full and the Insurer has delivered an Insurer Satisfaction Notice,
by the Majority Holders of the Class B Notes;




     (iv) with respect to an event described in subparagraph (c), (e) or (f) an Event of
Default shall occur upon the occurrence of the event, the passage of the applicable grace
period, if any, and the declaration that such event shall constitute an Event of Default
which declaration shall be made by the Trustee or (A) the Insurer, if no Insurer Default has
occurred and is continuing or (B) during the continuation of an Insurer Default, the
Majority Holders of the Class A Notes and the Majority Holders of the Class B Notes.



     If an Event of Default under subsection (a) has been declared it shall continue unless waived
as follows: (A) if no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing, in writing by the Insurer,
provided, however, that if (x) Available Funds together with the Reserve Account Draw Amount have
been on all Payment Dates on or prior to the date of such waiver sufficient to pay in full the
interest due on the Class A Notes on each such date (without regard to amounts paid pursuant to the
Insurance Policy), (y) all amounts due to the Insurer under the Transaction Documents (including
without limitation, any Reimbursement Amount) have been paid in full and (z) no other Event of
Default, Sequential Order Event or Servicer Default shall have occurred at any time since the
Closing Date (without regard to whether any such Event of Default, Sequential Order Event or
Servicer Default has been waived or cured), then the Insurer shall waive any such Event of Default
under subsection (a) only with the consent of the Majority Holders of the Class B Notes or (B) if
an Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing, during the continuation of such Insurer Default,
in writing by the Majority Holders of the Class A Notes, provided, however, that if Available
Funds together with the Reserve Account Draw Amount have been on each Payment Date sufficient
(without regard to amounts paid pursuant to the Insurance Policy) to pay in full interest due on
the Class A Notes on each such Payment Date then the Holders of the Class A Notes shall be
permitted to waive such declaration of the Event of Default only with the consent of the Majority
Holders of the Class B Notes.



     If an Event of Default under subsection (b) has been declared it shall continue unless waived
as follows: (A) unless provision (B) of this paragraph applies, if no Insurer Default has occurred
and is continuing, by the Insurer or if an Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing, by the
Majority Holders of the Class A Notes; or (B) if on or before the Scheduled Final Maturity Date,
the Class A Notes have been paid in full and the Insurer has delivered an Insurer Satisfaction
Notice, by the Majority Holders of the Class B Notes.



     If an Event of Default has been declared under subparagraph (c), (e) or (f) it shall continue
unless waived in writing (A) by the Insurer if no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing or
(B) during the continuation of an Insurer Default, by the Majority Holders of the Class A Notes and
the Majority Holders of the Class B Notes.



     Promptly after the automatic occurrence of an Event of Default, and, in any event, within two
Business Days thereafter, the Trustee shall notify the Insurer, each Noteholder and each Rating
Agency of the occurrence thereof to the extent a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual
knowledge thereof based upon receipt of written information or other communication.



95









 





     Section 11.2 Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.



     (a) If any Event of Default occurs under subparagraph (d) of Section 11.1, the principal of
each Class of Notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, will automatically be
accelerated and become immediately due and payable.



     (b) If an Event of Default under subparagraph (a) of Section 11.1 has been declared, then the
principal of each Class of Notes together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon may be
accelerated and become immediately due and payable upon the declaration of (A) the Insurer, if no
Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing or (B) during the continuation of an Insurer
Default, the Majority Holders of the Class A Notes, provided, however, that if Available Funds
together with the Reserve Account Draw Amount have been on each Payment Date sufficient (without
regard to amounts paid pursuant to the Insurance Policy) to pay in full interest due on the Class A
Notes on each such Payment Date, then the Holders of the Class A Notes shall be permitted to
declare such acceleration only with the consent of the Majority Holders of the Class B Notes.



     (c) If an Event of Default under subparagraph (b) of Section 11.1 has been declared then the
principal of each Class of Notes together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon may be
accelerated and become immediately due and payable upon the declaration of (A) unless provision (B)
of this subsection (c) applies, the Insurer if no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing or
if an Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing, the Majority Holders of the Class A Notes; or
(B) if on or before the Scheduled Final Maturity Date, the Class A Notes have been paid in full and
the Insurer has delivered an Insurer Satisfaction Notice, the Majority Holders of the Class B
Notes.



     (d) If an Event of Default occurs under any other subparagraph of Section 11.1, then the
principal of each Class of Notes together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon may be
accelerated and become immediately due and payable upon declaration of (A) the Insurer if no
Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing or (B) during the continuation of an Insurer
Default, the Majority Holders of the Class A Notes and the Majority Holders of the Class B Notes.



     (e) Any such acceleration shall cause the principal amount of each Class of Notes, together
with accrued and unpaid interest thereon to be immediately due and payable. Any such acceleration
shall be by a notice in writing to the Issuer and to the Trustee and upon any such declaration such
principal and interest will become immediately due and payable.



     (f) At any time after such an acceleration or declaration of acceleration of the Notes has
been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the
Trustee as provided in this Indenture, such acceleration may be rescinded by the entity or Majority
Holders which under subsection (b), (c) or (d) above was permitted to declare such acceleration. No
such rescission shall affect any subsequent Event of Default or impair any right consequent
thereon.



96









 





     (g) If an Event of Default has occurred and the Notes have been accelerated, payments will
continue to be made in accordance with the Priority of Payment unless a
Sequential Order Event has also occurred, in which case payments will be made as provided in
Section 3.1(b) upon the occurrence of a Sequential Order Event; provided, however,
if the Trustee has sold the Collateral under this Indenture, then payments shall be made as
provided in Section 11.7.



     Section 11.3 Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee. The
Issuer covenants that if the Notes are accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default,
and such acceleration has not been rescinded and annulled, the Issuer shall, upon demand of the
Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the Noteholders, the Insurer and the Swap Counterparty the
whole amount then due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest, with interest upon the
overdue principal and upon overdue installments of interest, as determined for each Class, any
amounts due to the Insurer and any amounts due to the Swap Counterparty, to the extent that payment
of such interest shall be legally enforceable; and, in addition thereto, such further amount as
shall be sufficient to cover the reasonable costs and expenses of collection, including the
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel;
provided, however, the amount due under this Section 11.3 shall not exceed the
aggregate proceeds from the sale of the relevant Collateral and amounts otherwise held by the
Issuer and available for such purpose.



     Until such demand is made by the Trustee, the Issuer shall pay the principal of and interest
on the Notes to the Trustee for the benefit of the registered Holders to be applied as provided in
this Indenture, whether or not the Notes are overdue.



     If the Issuer fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, then the Trustee for the
benefit of the Noteholders, the Insurer and the Swap Counterparty and as trustee of an express
trust, may, with the prior written consent of or shall at the direction of (A) the Insurer, if no
Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing or (B) during the continuation of an Insurer
Default, the Majority Holders of the Class A Notes and the Majority Holders of the Class B Notes,
institute suits in equity, actions at law or other legal, judicial or administrative proceedings
(each, a “Proceeding”) for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute
such Proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Issuer and
collect the monies adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the
Collateral wherever situated. In the event a Proceeding shall involve the liquidation of
Collateral, the Trustee shall pay all costs and expenses for such Proceeding and shall be
reimbursed for such costs and expenses from the resulting liquidation proceeds. In the event that
the Trustee determines that liquidation proceeds will not be sufficient to fully reimburse the
Trustee, the Trustee shall receive indemnity satisfactory to it against such costs and expenses
from the Noteholders (which indemnity may include, at the Trustee’s option, consent by each
Noteholder authorizing the Trustee to be reimbursed from amounts available in the Collection
Account) or if the Trustee is acting at the direction of the Insurer, from the Insurer in which
case an unsecured indemnity from the Insurer shall be sufficient.



     If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may, with the prior written
consent of or shall at the direction of (A) the Insurer, if no Insurer Default has occurred and is
continuing or (B) during the continuation of an Insurer Default, the Majority Holders of the Class



97









 







A Notes and the Majority Holders of the Class B Notes, proceed to protect and enforce its rights
and the rights of the Noteholders and the Insurer hereunder and under the Notes, by such
appropriate Proceedings as are necessary to effectuate, protect and enforce any such rights,
whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant, agreement, obligation or indemnity in this
Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper
remedy.



     Section 11.4 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any
receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment,
composition or other Proceeding relative to the Issuer or the property of the Issuer or its
creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Notes shall then be due and
payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise) shall be entitled and empowered, by
intervention in such Proceeding or otherwise,



     (a) to file a proof of claim for the whole amount of principal and interest owing and unpaid
in respect of the Notes and all amounts owing under the Insurance Agreement and to file such other
papers or documents and take such actions as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the
claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements
and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel), the Insurer and the Noteholders allowed in
such Proceeding, and



     (b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such
claims and to distribute the same to the Noteholders and the Insurer;



and any receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator or sequestrator (or other similar official) in any
such Proceeding is hereby authorized by each Noteholder to make such payments to the Trustee, and
in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the
Noteholders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due to the
Trustee under Article XIII.



     Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to
or accept or adopt on behalf of any Noteholder or the Insurer any plan of reorganization,
arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or
the Insurer, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Noteholder or the
Insurer in any such Proceeding.



          Section 11.5 Remedies.




     (a) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee and the
Collateral Agent (upon direction by the Trustee) may, with the prior written consent of, or shall
at the direction of (A) the Insurer, if no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing or (B)
during the continuation of an Insurer Default, the Majority Holders of the Class A Notes and the
Majority Holders of the Class B Notes, (C) or if subsection (c) applies, the Majority Holders of
the Class B Notes do one or more of the following (subject to Section 11.6):




     (1) institute Proceedings in its own name and as trustee of an express trust for the
collection of all amounts then payable on the Notes or under this Indenture, whether



98









 







by declaration or otherwise, enforce any judgment obtained, and collect from the Collateral
monies adjudged due;




     (2) obtain possession of the Pledged Loans in accordance with the terms of the
Custodial Agreement and sell the Collateral or any portion thereof or rights or interests
therein, at one or more public or private sales called and conducted in any manner permitted
by law and in accordance with Section 11.13;




     (3) institute Proceedings in its own name and as trustee of an express trust from time
to time for the complete or partial foreclosure of this Indenture with respect to the
Collateral;




     (4) exercise any remedies of a secured party under the UCC with respect to the
Collateral (including any Accounts), take any other appropriate action to protect and
enforce the rights and remedies of the Trustee, the Insurer or the Holders under this
Agreement and each other agreement contemplated hereby (including retaining the Collateral
pursuant to Section 11.6 and applying distributions from the Collateral pursuant to Section
11.7); and




     (5) exercise any rights or remedies under this Agreement, the Performance Guaranty or
any other Transaction Document;


provided, however, that neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent may sell or
otherwise liquidate the Collateral which constitutes Pledged Loans and Pledged Assets following an
Event of Default other than an Event of Default described in this Agreement resulting from an
Insolvency Event, unless either (i) (A) the Insurer, if no Insurer Default has occurred and is
continuing, or (B) during the continuation of an Insurer Default, the Holders of 100% of the
Aggregate Principal Amount of the Notes then outstanding, consents thereto, (ii) the proceeds of
such sale or liquidation are sufficient to discharge in full the amounts then due and unpaid upon
the Notes for principal and Accrued Interest and the fees and all other amounts required to be paid
pursuant to Section 11.7 or (iii) (A) the Control Party directs and the Trustee, only if the
Insurer is not the Control Party, determines that the Collateral will not continue to provide
sufficient funds for the payment of principal of, and interest on, the Notes as they would have
become due if such Notes would not have been declared due and payable. If an Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing and (A) the Insurer, if no Insurer Default has occurred and is
continuing, or (B) during the continuation of an Insurer Default, the Holders of 100% of the
Aggregate Principal Amount of the Notes then outstanding directs the Trustee to sell or otherwise
liquidate the Collateral, the Trustee will dispose of the Collateral as directed.




     For purposes of clause (ii) or clause (iii) of the preceding paragraph and Section 11.6, the
Trustee may, but need not, obtain and rely upon an opinion of an independent accountant or an
independent investment banking firm of national reputation as to the feasibility of such proposed
action and as to the sufficiency of the distributions and other amounts receivable with respect to
the Collateral to make the required payments of principal of and interest on the Notes, and any
such opinion shall be conclusive evidence as to such feasibility or sufficiency. The Issuer shall
bear the reasonable costs and expenses of any such opinion.



99









 





     For purposes of this Section 11.5, the Trustee agrees to take all actions requested or
directed by (A) the Insurer, if no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing, or (B) during
the continuation of an Insurer Default, the Holders of 100% of the Aggregate Principal Amount
of the Notes then outstanding as provided for in this Section 11.5.



     (b) In addition to the remedies provided in Section 11.5(a), the Trustee may with the consent
of and shall at the direction of (A) the Insurer, if no Insurer Default has occurred and is
continuing or (B) during the continuation of an Insurer Default, the Majority Holders of the Class
A Notes and the Majority Holders of the Class B Notes institute a Proceeding in its own name and as
trustee of an express trust solely to compel performance of a covenant, agreement, obligation or
indemnity or to cure the representation or warranty or statement, the breach of which gave rise to
the Event of Default; and the Trustee shall enforce any equitable decree or order arising from such
Proceeding.



     (c) If an Event of Default has occurred and as a result thereof, the Notes have been
accelerated, then prior to the liquidation of some or all of the Collateral, so long as the Class B
Notes are not held by the Issuer or an affiliate of the Issuer, any one or more holders of the
Class B Notes shall have the right (but shall be under no obligation) to purchase all (but not less
than all) of the Class A Notes then outstanding (and all associated rights, titles, claims and
privileges associated therewith) for an amount equal, in the aggregate, to the outstanding
Principal Amount of and accrued but unpaid interest on the Class A Notes. Prior to or
simultaneously with any such purchase of the Class A Notes, all amounts payable to the Insurer
pursuant to the Insurance Agreement shall have been paid in full, the Rating Agencies shall have
been notified in writing of the proposed purchase and each purchasing Class B Noteholder shall have
delivered a Preference Opinion to the Trustee, the Insurer and the Rating Agencies. Such purchase
of the Class A Notes shall be made by depositing with the Trustee an amount equal to the sum of the
full outstanding Principal Amount of and accrued but unpaid interest on all outstanding Class A
Notes, and upon such deposit and the satisfaction of the conditions described in this paragraph,
the Class A Notes shall be automatically sold to such Class B Noteholder or Class B Noteholders,
without the need for any further action by the holders of the Class A Notes. Such purchases of
Class A Notes will be without recourse to or warranty or representation from the Class A
Noteholders (other than a representation by each Class A Noteholder accepting payment of such
purchase that it owns such Class A Notes free and clear of any liens created or granted by it).
Upon any such purchase of the Class A Notes by one or more holders of the Class B Notes, the Class
A Notes shall no longer have the benefit of the Insurance Policy and the Trustee shall surrender
the Insurance Policy to the Insurer for cancellation. Each holder of the Class B Notes making such
purchase of the Class A Notes shall, as a condition to such purchase of the Class A Notes, deliver
to the Trustee and the Insurer a release of the Insurer from any further obligation under the
Insurance Policy effective upon the purchase of the Class A Notes. Upon the surrender of the
Insurance Policy to the Insurer, the Insurer shall cease to be the Control Party and the Insurer
shall no longer have any rights that the Insurer may have had under this Indenture to consent or
direct any action. Promply after the occurrence of any such purchase, the Trustee shall give notice
of the purchase to all of the holders of the Class A Notes. No Class B Noteholder shall have any
obligation to make a purchase of Class A Notes.



     In addition, the Trustee will give the Class B Noteholders notice of any proposed sale of all
or any portion of the Collateral and the Control Party will give the Class B Noteholders the



100









 







right (but the Class B Noteholders shall not be obligated) to submit a bid in writing. Neither the
Trustee nor the Control Party will inform the Class B Noteholders of the terms of the other bids
received for the Collateral. The Control Party shall be required to accept the bid of the
highest value (as determined by the Control Party in its sole discretion, taking into account all
terms of such bids, the creditworthiness of the respective bidders and such other factors as it
deems appropriate in its valuation of such bids) if and only if such bid is in an amount sufficient
to pay all amounts due under the Indenture and all amounts payable or reimbursable to the Insurer
under the Insurance Agreement and any outstanding Senior Priority Swap Termination Amount. The
Class B Noteholders have no obligation to make any such bid.



     As used in this subsection (c) the term “Preference Opinion” means an Opinion of Counsel
nationally recognized in bankruptcy matters and acceptable to the Trustee to the effect that the
purchase price paid to the holders of the Class A Notes and the amounts paid to the Insurer by the
holders of the Class B Notes would not constitute a voidable preference under Section 547 of the
Bankruptcy Code if the purchaser of the Class A Notes were to become a debtor under the Bankruptcy
Code.



     Section 11.6 Optional Preservation of Collateral. If the Notes have been accelerated
following an Event of Default and such acceleration and its consequences have not been rescinded
and annulled, to the extent permitted by law, the Trustee at the request of the Control Party shall
retain the Collateral securing the Notes intact for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, the
Insurer and the Swap Counterparty and in such event it shall deposit all funds received with
respect to the Collateral into the Collection Account and apply such funds in accordance with the
payment priorities set forth in this Indenture, as if there had not been such an acceleration. So
long as the Trustee retains the Collateral, the Trustee shall continue to apply all distributions
received on such Collateral in accordance with this Agreement.



     Section 11.7 Application of Monies Collected During Event of Default. If the Notes
have been accelerated following an Event of Default and such acceleration and its consequences have
not been rescinded and annulled, and the Trustee has sold the Collateral, the proceeds collected by
the Trustee pursuant to this Article XI or otherwise with respect to such Notes shall be applied as
provided below:




     FIRST, to the Trustee in payment of the Monthly Trustee Fees and in reimbursement of
permitted expenses of the Trustee under each of the Transaction Documents to which the
Trustee is a party and amounts due to the Trustee as indemnification; in the event of a
Servicer Default and the replacement of the Servicer with the Trustee or a Successor
Servicer, the costs and expenses of replacing the Servicer shall be permitted expenses of
the Trustee;




     SECOND, to the Servicer, the Monthly Servicer Fee plus any unreimbursed Servicer
Advances plus any accrued and unpaid Monthly Servicer Fees and any unreimbursed Servicer
Advances for prior Payment Dates;




     THIRD, to the Swap Counterparty, the Net Swap Payment, if any;



101









 






     FOURTH, to the extent not previously paid pursuant to the Custodial Agreement, to the
Custodian the Monthly Custodian Fee, plus any accrued and unpaid Monthly Custodian Fees for
prior Payment Dates;




     FIFTH, to the extent not paid by the Servicer, to the Collateral Agent, the Monthly
Collateral Agent Fee plus any accrued and unpaid Monthly Collateral Agent Fees for prior
Payment Dates;




     SIXTH, as long as no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing, to the Insurer,
any accrued and unpaid Insurance Premium;




     SEVENTH, to the holders of the Class A-1 Notes, Accrued Interest on the Class A-1
Notes, and to the holders of the Class A-2 Notes, Accrued Interest on the Class A-2 Notes
(to the extent that there are insufficient funds, pro rata among the Class A-1 Notes and the
Class A-2 Notes in proportion to their respective percentage of the Principal Amount of the
Class A Notes);




     EIGHTH, to the Insurer, any Reimbursement Amounts then due and owing to the Insurer;




     NINTH, (i) to the holders of the Class A-1 Notes the lesser of (a) the amount allocated
to the Class A-1 Notes when all Available Funds are allocated pro rata between the Class A-1
Notes and the Class A-2 Notes in proportion to their respective Principal Amounts and (b)
the Principal Amount of the Class A-1 Notes; and (ii) to the holders of the Class A-2 Notes
and the Swap Counterparty, the amount allocated to the Class A-2 Notes when all Available
Funds are allocated pro rata between the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes in
proportion to their respective Principal Amounts, pro rata in proportion to the Principal
Amount of the Class A-2 Notes and the unpaid Senior Priority Swap Termination Amount,
respectively, until such amounts are reduced to zero;




     TENTH, to the Holder of the Class B Notes, Accrued Interest on the Class B Notes;




     ELEVENTH, to the Holders of the Class B Notes, the principal on the Class B Notes until
the Class B Notes are paid in full;




     TWELFTH (i) first, to the Insurer, any other amounts due to the Insurer pursuant to
the Insurance Agreement and (ii) second, to the Trustee, any other amounts due to the
Trustee under this Indenture;




     THIRTEENTH, to the Swap Counterparty, any amounts owing to the Swap Counterparty in
respect of a termination of the Interest Rate Swap; and




     FOURTEENTH, to Issuer, any remaining amounts free and clear of the lien of this
Indenture.



102









 





     Section 11.8 Limitation on Suits by Individual Noteholders. Subject to Section 11.9,
no Noteholder shall have any right to institute any Proceeding with respect to this Indenture, or
for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:



     (a) an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing;



     (b) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of
Default;



     (c) the Majority Holders shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute
proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;



     (d) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity against the costs,
expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request; and



     (e) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity
has failed to institute any such Proceeding,


it being understood and intended that no one or more Noteholders shall have any right in any manner
whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or
prejudice the rights of any other Noteholders or the Insurer or to obtain or to seek to obtain
priority or preference over any other Holders or the Insurer or to enforce any right under this
Indenture, except in the manner herein provided.




     Section 11.9 Unconditional Rights of Noteholders to Receive Principal and Interest.
Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Note shall have the right,
which right is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal and interest on such
Note on the respective due dates thereof expressed in such Note or in this Indenture and to
institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right shall not be impaired
without the consent of such Noteholder; provided, however, that the Insurer will be
subrogated to the rights of each Class A Noteholder to receive payments of principal and interest,
as applicable, with respect to distributions on the Class A Notes to the extent of any payment by
the Insurer under the Insurance Policy and the Insurer will be reimbursed therefor, together with
interest thereon as provided in the Insurance Agreement in accordance with Sections 3.1 and 11.7.



     Section 11.10 Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Trustee, the Insurer or any
Noteholder has instituted any Proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and
such Proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely
to the Trustee, the Insurer or to such Noteholder, then and in every such case the Issuer, the
Trustee, the Insurer and the Noteholders shall, subject to any determination in such Proceeding, be
restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights
and remedies of the Trustee, the Insurer and the Noteholders shall continue as though no such
Proceeding had been instituted.



     Section 11.11 Waiver of Event of Default. Prior to the Trustee’s acquisition of a
money judgment or decree for payment, in either case for the payment of all amounts owing by the



103









 







Issuer in connection with this Indenture and the Notes issued hereunder, the Event of Default may
be waived as provided in Section 11.1.



     Upon any such waiver, such Event of Default shall cease to exist, and be deemed to have been
cured, for every purpose of this Indenture but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or
other Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.



     Section 11.12 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. The Issuer covenants (to the extent
that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner
whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted,
now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this
Indenture; and the Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all
benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, on the basis of any such law,
hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer
and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.



     Section 11.13 Sale of Collateral.



     (a) The power to effect any sale (a “Sale”) of any portion of the Collateral pursuant
to Section 11.5 shall not be exhausted by any one or more Sales as to any portion of such
Collateral remaining unsold, but shall continue unimpaired until the entire Collateral shall have
been sold or all amounts payable on the Notes and all amounts owing to the Insurer shall have been
paid, whichever occurs later. The Trustee may from time to time postpone any Sale by public
announcement made at the time and place of such Sale. The Trustee hereby expressly waives its
right to any amount fixed by law as compensation for any Sale. The Trustee may reimburse itself
from the proceeds of any sale for the reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with
such sale. The net proceeds of such sale shall be applied as provided in this Indenture.



     (b) The Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver an appropriate instrument
of conveyance transferring its interest in any portion of the Collateral in connection with a Sale
thereof. In addition, the Trustee is hereby irrevocably appointed the agent and attorney-in-fact of
the Issuer to transfer and convey the Issuer’s interest in any portion of the Collateral in
connection with a Sale thereof, and to take all action necessary to effect such Sale. No purchaser
or transferee at such Sale shall be bound to ascertain the Trustee’s authority, inquire into the
satisfaction of any conditions precedent or see to the application of any monies.



     Section 11.14 Action on Notes. The Trustee’s right to seek and recover judgment on
the Notes or under this Indenture shall not be affected by the seeking, obtaining or application of
any other relief under or with respect to this Indenture. None of the rights or remedies of the
Trustee or the Noteholders hereunder shall be impaired by the recovery of any judgment by the
Trustee or any Noteholder against the Issuer or by the levy of any execution under such judgment
upon any portion of the Collateral.



     Section 11.15 Control by the Insurer or the Noteholders. Subject to the provisions of
Section 11.5(c), if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (A) the Insurer, if no Insurer



104









 







Default has occurred and is continuing or (B) during the continuation of an Insurer
Default, the Majority Holders of the Class A Notes and the Majority Holders of the Class B Notes
shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any Proceeding for any
remedy available to the Trustee with respect to the Notes or exercising any trust or power
conferred on the Trustee; provided that




     (i) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this
Indenture;




     (ii) any direction to the Trustee to sell or liquidate the Collateral which constitutes
Loans and the related Pledged Assets shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 11.5 and
11.6; and




     (iii) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not
inconsistent with such direction;


provided, however, that, subject to Section 13.1, the Trustee need not take any
action that it determines might involve it in liability unless it has been provided with reasonable
indemnity against such liability, it being agreed that an unsecured indemnity from the Insurer
shall constitute sufficient indemnity.




     Section 11.16. Insurer Satisfaction Notice. Notwithstanding any provision of this
Article XI which requires the Insurer’s direction or consent, such provisions shall be ineffective
if an Insurer Satisfaction Notice shall have been delivered prior to the time such direction or
consent is required. Each such provision shall be read as if an Insurer Default had occurred and
was continuing.



ARTICLE XII




SERVICER DEFAULTS




     Section 12.1 Servicer Defaults. If any one of the following events (each, a
“Servicer Default”) shall occur and be continuing:



     (a) any failure by the Servicer to make any payment, transfer or deposit on or before the date
such payment, transfer or deposit is required to be made or given by the Servicer under the terms
of this Indenture and such failure remains unremedied for two Business Days; provided,
however, that if the Servicer is unable to make a payment, transfer or deposit when due and
such failure is as a result of circumstances beyond the Servicer’s control, the grace period shall
be extended to five Business Days;



     (b) failure on the part of the Servicer duly to observe or perform any other covenants or
agreements of the Servicer set forth in this Indenture or any other Transaction Document to which
the Servicer is a party and such failure continues unremedied for a period of 30 days after the
earlier of the date on which the Servicer has actual knowledge of the failure and the date on which
written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to the
Servicer by the Trustee, or to the Servicer and the Trustee by the Insurer or the Holders of 25% or
more of the Aggregate Principal Amount of the Notes;



105









 





     (c) any representation and warranty made by the Servicer in this Indenture shall prove to have
been incorrect in any material respect when made and has a material and adverse impact on the
Trustee’s interest in the Pledged Loans and other Pledged Assets and the Servicer is not in
compliance with such representation or warranty within 30 Business Days after the earlier of the
date on which the Servicer has actual knowledge of such breach and the date on which written notice
of such breach requiring that such breach be remedied, shall have been given to the Servicer by the
Trustee or to the Servicer and the Trustee by the Insurer or the Holders of 25% or more of the
Aggregate Principal Amount of the Notes;



     (d) an Insolvency Event shall occur with respect to the Servicer or the Performance Guarantor;
or



     (e) the Servicer shall fail to deliver the reports described in Section 8.1 of this Indenture
and such failure shall continue for five Business Days.


THEN, so long as such Servicer Default shall be continuing, the Control Party by notice then given
in writing to the Servicer, the Swap Counterparty, the Issuer, the Trustee, the Insurer and each
Rating Agency (a “Termination Notice”), may terminate all of the rights and obligations of
the Servicer as Servicer under this Indenture (such termination being herein called a “Service
Transfer”). After receipt by the Servicer and the Trustee of such Termination Notice and
subject to the terms of Section 12.2(a), the Trustee shall automatically assume the
responsibilities of the Servicer hereunder until the date that a Successor Servicer shall have been
appointed pursuant to Section 12.2 and all authority and power of the Servicer under this Indenture
shall pass to and be vested in the Trustee or such Successor Servicer, as the case may be, without
further action on the part of any Person, and, without limitation, the Trustee at the direction of
the Control Party (which authorization is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable) is hereby
authorized and empowered (upon the failure of the Servicer to cooperate) to execute and deliver, on
behalf of the Servicer, as attorney-in-fact or otherwise, all documents and other instruments upon
the failure of the Servicer to execute or deliver such documents or instruments, and to do and
accomplish all other acts or things necessary or appropriate to effect the purposes of such
transfer of servicing rights.




     The Servicer agrees to cooperate with the Trustee and such Successor Servicer in effecting the
termination of the responsibilities and rights of the Servicer to conduct servicing hereunder,
including without limitation the transfer to such Successor Servicer of all authority of the
Servicer to service the Pledged Loans provided for under this Indenture, including without
limitation all authority over any Collections which shall on the date of transfer be held by the
Servicer for deposit in a Lockbox Account or which shall thereafter be received by the Servicer
with respect to the Pledged Loans, and in assisting the Successor Servicer in enforcing all rights
under this Indenture including, without limitation, allowing the Successor Servicer’s personnel
access to the Servicer’s premises for the purpose of collecting payments on the Pledged Loans made
at such premises. The Servicer shall promptly transfer its electronic records relating to the
Pledged Loans to the Successor Servicer in such electronic form as the Successor Servicer may
reasonably request and shall promptly transfer to the Successor Servicer all other records,
correspondence and documents necessary for the continued servicing of the Pledged Loans in the
manner and at such times as the Successor Servicer shall reasonably request. The Servicer shall
allow the Successor Servicer access to the Servicer’s officers and employees. To the extent that



106









 







compliance with this Section 12.1 shall require the Servicer to disclose to the Successor Servicer
information of any kind which the Servicer reasonably deems to be confidential, the Successor
Servicer shall be required to enter into such customary licensing and confidentiality agreements as
the Servicer shall deem necessary to protect its interest and as shall be satisfactory in form and
substance to the Successor Servicer. The Servicer hereby consents to the entry against it of an
order for preliminary, temporary or permanent injunctive relief by any court of competent
jurisdiction, to ensure compliance by the Servicer with the provisions of this paragraph.



     Section 12.2 Appointment of Successor.



     (a) Appointment. On and after the receipt by the Servicer of a Termination Notice
pursuant to Section 12.1, or any permitted resignation of the Servicer pursuant to Section 7.12,
the Servicer shall continue to perform all servicing functions under this Indenture until the date
specified in the Termination Notice or otherwise specified by (A) the Insurer, if no Insurer
Default has occurred and is continuing or (B) during the continuation of an Insurer Default, the
Trustee or until a date mutually agreed upon by the Servicer and (A) the Insurer, if no Insurer
Default has occurred and is continuing or (B) during the continuation of an Insurer Default, the
Trustee. Upon receipt by the Servicer of a Termination Notice, (A) the Insurer, if no Insurer
Default has occurred and is continuing or (B) during the continuation of an Insurer Default, the
Trustee, at the direction of the Control Party, shall as promptly as possible after the giving of a
Termination Notice appoint a successor servicer (in any case, the “Successor Servicer”),
and such Successor Servicer shall accept its appointment by a written assumption in a form
acceptable to the Trustee and, so long as no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing, the
Insurer; provided that such appointment shall be subject to the consent of the Insurer and
to satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition. In the event a Successor Servicer has not been
appointed and accepted the appointment by the date of termination stated in the Termination Notice
the Trustee shall automatically assume responsibility for performing the servicing functions under
this Indenture on the date of such termination. In the event that a Successor Servicer has not
been appointed and has not accepted its appointment and the Trustee is legally unable or otherwise
not capable of assuming responsibility for performing the servicing functions under this Indenture,
the Trustee shall petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint any established financial
institution having a net worth of not less than $100,000,000 and whose regular business includes
the servicing of receivables similar to the Pledged Loans or other consumer finance receivables;
provided, however, pending the appointment of a Successor Servicer, the Trustee
will act as the Successor Servicer.



     (b) Duties and Obligations of Successor Servicer. Upon its appointment, the Successor
Servicer shall be the successor in all respects to the Servicer with respect to servicing functions
under this Indenture and shall be subject to all the responsibilities and duties relating thereto
placed on the Servicer by the terms and provisions hereof, and all references in this Indenture to
the Servicer shall be deemed to refer to the Successor Servicer.



     (c) Compensation of Successor Servicer; Costs and Expenses of Servicing Transfer. In
connection with such appointment and assumption, the Trustee may make arrangements for the
compensation of the Successor Servicer. The costs and expenses of transferring servicing shall be
paid by the Servicer which is resigning or being replaced and to the extent such costs and expenses
are not so paid, shall be paid from Collections as provided herein in Sections 3.1 and 11.7.



107









 





     Section 12.3 Notification to Noteholders. Upon the occurrence of any Servicer Default
or any event which, with the giving of notice or passage of time or both, would become a Servicer
Default, the Servicer shall give prompt written notice thereof to the Trustee and the Issuer and
the Trustee shall give notice to the Noteholders at their respective addresses appearing in the
Note Register and to the Insurer and the Swap Counterparty. Upon any termination or appointment of
a Successor Servicer pursuant to this Article XII, the Trustee shall give prompt written notice
thereof to the Issuer and to the Noteholders at their respective addresses appearing in the Note
Register and to the Insurer and the Swap Counterparty.



     Section 12.4 Waiver of Past Defaults. With respect to a Servicer Default described in
Section 12.1, (A) the Insurer, if no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing or (B) during
the continuation of an Insurer Default, the Majority Holders of the Class A Notes and the Majority
Holders of the Class B Notes may, on behalf of all Holders, waive any default by the Servicer in
the performance of its obligations hereunder and its consequences. Upon any such waiver of a past
default, such default shall cease to exist, and any default arising therefrom shall be deemed to
have been remedied for every purpose of this Indenture. No such waiver shall extend to any
subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon except to the extent expressly
so waived.



     Section 12.5 Termination of Servicer’s Authority. All authority and power granted to
the Servicer under this Indenture shall automatically cease and terminate upon termination of this
Indenture pursuant to Section 14.1, and shall pass to and be vested in the Issuer and without
limitation the Issuer is hereby authorized and empowered to execute and deliver, on behalf of the
Servicer, as attorney-in-fact or otherwise, all documents and other instruments, and to do and
accomplish all other acts or things necessary or appropriate to effect the purposes of such
transfer of servicing rights upon termination of this Indenture. The Servicer shall cooperate with
the Issuer in effecting the termination of the responsibilities and rights of the Servicer to
conduct servicing on the Pledged Loans. The Servicer shall transfer its electronic records
relating to the Pledged Loans to the Issuer in such electronic form as Issuer may reasonably
request and shall transfer all other records, correspondence and documents relating to the Pledged
Loans to the Issuer in the manner and at such times as the Issuer shall reasonably request. To the
extent that compliance with this Section 12.5 shall require the Servicer to disclose information of
any kind which the Servicer deems to be confidential, the Issuer shall be required to enter into
such customary licensing and confidentiality agreements as the Servicer shall deem necessary to
protect its interests and as shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Issuer.



     Section 12.6 Matters Related to Successor Servicer.



     The Successor Servicer will not be responsible for delays attributable to the Servicer’s
failure to deliver information, defects in the information supplied by the Servicer or other
circumstances beyond the control of the Successor Servicer.



     The Successor Servicer will make arrangements with the Servicer for the prompt and safe
transfer of, and the Servicer shall provide to the Successor Servicer, all necessary servicing files



108









 







and records, including (as deemed necessary by the Successor Servicer at such time): (i)
microfiche loan documentation, (ii) servicing system tapes, (iii) Pledged Loan payment history,
(iv) collections history and (v) the trial balances, as of the close of business on the day
immediately preceding conversion to the Successor Servicer, reflecting all applicable Pledged Loan
information.



     Any Successor Servicer shall have no liability with respect to any obligation which was
required to be performed by the predecessor Servicer prior to the date that the Successor Servicer
becomes the Servicer or any claim of a third party based on any alleged action or inaction of the
predecessor Servicer.



     The Successor Servicer shall have no responsibility and shall not be in default hereunder
nor incur any liability for any failure, error, malfunction or any delay in carrying out any
of its duties under this Indenture if any such failure or delay results from the Successor Servicer
acting in accordance with information prepared or supplied by a Person other than the Successor
Servicer or the failure of any such Person to prepare or provide such information. The Successor
Servicer shall have no responsibility, shall not be in default and shall incur no liability (i) for
any act or failure to act by any third party, including the Servicer, the Issuer or the Trustee or
for any inaccuracy or omission in a notice or communication received by the Successor Servicer from
any third party or (ii) which is due to or results from the invalidity, unenforceability of any
Pledged Loan under applicable law or the breach or the inaccuracy of any representation or warranty
made with respect to any Pledged Loan.



     If the Trustee or any other Successor Servicer assumes the role of Successor Servicer
hereunder, such Successor Servicer shall be entitled to appoint subservicers whenever it shall be
deemed necessary by such Successor Servicer. The Successor Servicer shall, notwithstanding any
such subservicing arrangements, remain obligated and liable to the Trustee, the Issuer, the
Collateral Agent, the Insurer and the Noteholders for the servicing and administration of the
Pledged Loans in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture to the same extent and under the
same terms and conditions as if it alone were servicing and administering the Pledged Loans.



ARTICLE XIII




THE TRUSTEE; THE COLLATERAL AGENT; THE CUSTODIAN




     Section 13.1 Duties of Trustee.



     (a) The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer
of the Trustee shall have actual knowledge and after the curing of all such Events of Default which
may have occurred, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set
forth in this Indenture. If an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee
shall have actual knowledge has occurred and has not been cured or waived, the Trustee shall
exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of
care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent institutional trustee would exercise or use under
the circumstances in the conduct of such institution’s own affairs. The Trustee is hereby
authorized and empowered to make the withdrawals and payments from the Accounts in accordance with
the instructions set forth in this Indenture until the



109









 







termination of this Indenture in accordance
with Section 14.1 unless this appointment is earlier terminated pursuant to the terms hereof.



     (b) The Trustee, upon receipt of all resolutions, certificates, statements, opinions, reports,
documents, orders or other instruments furnished to the Trustee which are specifically required to
be furnished pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, shall examine them to determine whether
they conform to such requirements; provided, however, that the Trustee shall not be
responsible for the accuracy or content of any resolution, certificate, statement, opinion, report,
document, order or other instrument furnished by the Servicer, the Issuer or any other Person
hereunder (other than the Trustee). The Trustee shall give prompt written notice to the
Noteholders of any material lack of conformity of any such instrument to the applicable
requirements of this Indenture discovered by the Trustee.



     (c) Subject to Section 13.1(a), no provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve
the Trustee from liability for its own gross negligence, reckless disregard of its duties, bad
faith or misconduct; provided, however, that:




     (i) the Trustee shall not be personally liable for an error of judgment made in good
faith by a Responsible Officer or employees of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that
the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;




     (ii) the Trustee shall not be personally liable with respect to any action taken,
suffered or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with this Indenture or at
the direction of (A) the Insurer, if no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing or
(B) during the continuation of an Insurer Default, the Majority Holders of the Class A Notes
and the Majority Holders of the Class B Notes relating to the time, method and place of
conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising or omitting
to exercise any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture;




     (iii) the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any failure by any other party
hereto to comply with its obligations hereunder or of the occurrence of any Event of
Default, Sequential Order Event, Cash Accumulation Event or Servicer Default unless a
Responsible Officer of the Trustee obtains actual knowledge of such failure based upon
receipt of written information or other communication or a Responsible Officer of the
Trustee receives written notice of such failure from the Servicer, the Issuer, the Insurer
or any Noteholder. In the absence of receipt of notice or actual knowledge by a Responsible
Officer, the Trustee may conclusively assume there is no Event of Default, Sequential Order
Event, Cash Accumulation Event or Servicer Default; and




     (iv) Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of
the Trustee shall have actual knowledge or have received notice and after all the curing of
all such Events of Default which may have occurred, the duties and obligations of the
Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee
shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are
specifically set forth in this Indenture, no implied covenants or obligations shall be read
into this Indenture against the Trustee and, in the absence of bad



110









 







faith, willful misconduct
or negligence on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth
of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any
certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this
Indenture.



     (d) The Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur
financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of
its rights or powers, if there is reasonable ground for believing that the repayment of such funds
or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it (which
adequate indemnity may include, at the Trustee’s option, consent by (A) the Insurer, if no Insurer
Default has occurred and is continuing or (B) during the continuation of an Insurer Default, the
Majority Holders of the Class A Notes and the Majority Holders of the Class B Notes authorizing the
Trustee to be reimbursed for any funds from amounts available in the Collection
Account), and none of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall in any event require
the Trustee to perform, or be responsible for the manner of performance of, any of the obligations
of the Servicer under this Indenture except during such time, if any, as the Trustee shall be the
successor to, and be vested with the rights, duties, powers and privileges of, the Servicer in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture.



     (e) Except for actions expressly authorized by this Indenture, the Trustee shall take no
action reasonably likely to impair the interests of the Issuer in any Pledged Loan or other
Collateral now existing or hereafter created or to impair the value of any Pledged Loan or other
Collateral now existing or hereafter created.



     (f) Except as provided in this Indenture, the Trustee shall have no power to dispose of or
vary any Collateral.



     (g) In the event that the Note Registrar shall fail to perform any obligation, duty or
agreement in the manner or on the day required to be performed by the Note Registrar, as the case
may be, under this Indenture, the Trustee (if it is not then the Note Registrar) shall be obligated
promptly to perform such obligation, duty or agreement in the manner so required.



     (h) The Trustee shall have no duty to (A) see to any recording, filing or depositing of this
Indenture or any agreement referred to herein or any financing statement or continuation statement
evidencing a security interest, or to see to the maintenance of any such recording or filing or
depositing or to any rerecording, refiling or redepositing of any thereof, (B) see to any
insurance, (C) see to the payment or discharge of any tax, assessment, or other governmental charge
or any lien or encumbrance of any kind owing with respect to, assessed or levied against, any part
of any Collateral other than from funds available in the Collection Account, or (D) confirm or
verify the contents of any reports or certificates of the Servicer delivered to the Trustee
pursuant to this Indenture believed by the Trustee to be genuine and to have been signed or
presented by the proper party or parties.



     Section 13.2 Certain Matters Affecting the Trustee. Except for its own gross
negligence, reckless disregard of its duties, bad faith or misconduct:



111









 





     (a) the Trustee may rely on and shall be protected from liability to the Issuer and the
Noteholders in acting on, or in refraining from acting in accord with, any resolution, Officer’s
Certificate, certificate of auditors or any other certificate, statement, conversation, instrument,
opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, appraisal, bond or other paper or document
believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons;



     (b) the Trustee may consult with counsel, and any advice of counsel (including without
limitation counsel to the Issuer or the Servicer) shall be full and complete authorization and
protection from liability to the Issuer and the Noteholders in respect to any action taken or
suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such advice or opinion of
counsel;



     (c) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in
it by this Indenture, or to institute, conduct or defend any litigation hereunder or in
relation hereto, at the request, order or direction of any of the Noteholders, pursuant to the
provisions of this Indenture, unless such Noteholders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable
security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or
thereby; nothing contained herein shall, however, relieve the Trustee of the obligations, upon the
occurrence of any Servicer Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have actual
knowledge or have received notice (which has not been cured), to exercise such of the rights and
powers vested in it by this Indenture, and to use the same degree of care and skill in their
exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such
person’s own affairs;



     (d) neither the Trustee nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents,

attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates shall be personally liable for any action taken, suffered or
omitted to be taken by the Trustee or such Person in good faith and believed by such Person to be
authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture, nor
for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any other party hereto;



     (e) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts of matters stated
in any Monthly Servicing Report, any other report or statement delivered to the Trustee by the
Servicer, resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request,
consent, order, approval, bond or other paper or document, unless requested in writing so to do by
(A) the Insurer, if no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing or (B) during the
continuation of an Insurer Default, the Majority Holders of the Class A Notes and the Majority
Holders of the Class B Notes; provided, however, that if the payment within a
reasonable time to the Trustee of the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in
the making of such investigation is, in the opinion of the Trustee, not assured to the Trustee by
the security afforded to it by the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee may require indemnity
satisfactory to the Trustee against such cost, expense or liability as a condition to taking any
such action.



     (f) subject to Section 3.7, the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or
perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys or a custodian,
and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such
agent, attorney or custodian appointed with due care by it hereunder;



112









 





     (g) except as may be required by Section 13.1(b), the Trustee shall not be required to make
any initial or periodic examination of any documents or records related to the Pledged Loans for
the purpose of establishing the presence or absence of defects, the compliance by the Servicer or
the Issuer with their respective representations and warranties or for any other purpose;



     (h) the right of the Trustee to perform any discretionary act enumerated in this Indenture
shall not be construed as a duty, and the Trustee shall not be answerable for the performance of
such act; and



     (i) the Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the powers
granted hereunder.



     Section 13.3 Trustee Not Liable for Recitals in Notes or Use of Proceeds of Notes.
The Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the recitals contained herein and in
the Notes (other than the certificate of authentication on the Notes) or for any statements,
representations or warranties made herein by any Person other than the Trustee (except as expressly
set forth herein). Except as set forth in Section 13.14, the Trustee makes no representations as
to the validity, enforceability or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes (other than the
certificate of authentication on the Notes) or of any Pledged Loan or related document. The
Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application of funds properly withdrawn from any
Account on the instructions of the Servicer or for the use or application by the Issuer of the
proceeds of any of the Notes, or for the use or application of any funds paid to the Issuer in
respect of the Pledged Loans. The Trustee shall not be responsible for the legality or validity of
this Indenture or the validity, priority, perfection or sufficiency of the security for the Notes
issued or intended to be issued hereunder. The Trustee shall have no responsibility for filing any
financing or continuation statement in any public office at any time or to otherwise perfect or
maintain the perfection of any security interest or lien granted to it hereunder or to record this
Indenture.



     Section 13.4 Trustee May Own Notes; Trustee in its Individual Capacity. U.S. Bank
National Association, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of
Notes with the same rights as it would have if it were not the Trustee. U.S. Bank National
Association and its Affiliates may generally engage in any kind of business with the Issuer or the
Servicer as though U.S. Bank National Association were not acting in such capacity hereunder and
without any duty to account therefor. Nothing contained in this Indenture shall limit in any way
the ability of U.S. Bank National Association and its Affiliates to act as a trustee or in a
similar capacity for other interval ownership and lot contract and installment note financings
pursuant to agreements similar to this Indenture.



     Section 13.5 Trustee’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification. The Trustee shall be
entitled to receive from time to time pursuant to this Indenture and the Trustee Fee Letter, (a)
such compensation as shall be agreed to between the Issuer and the Trustee (which shall not be
limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust) for
all services rendered by it in the execution of the trust hereby created and in the exercise and
performance of any of the powers and duties hereunder as the Trustee and to be reimbursed for its
out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), incurred or paid in



113









 







establishing, administering and carrying out its duties under this Indenture or the Collateral Agency Agreement
and (b) subject to Section 10.3, the Issuer and the Servicer agree, jointly and severally, to pay,
reimburse, indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee (without reimbursement from any Account or
otherwise) upon its request for any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties,
actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever (including
without limitation fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel) which may at any time (including
without limitation at any time following the termination of this Indenture and payment on account
of the Notes) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Trustee in any way relating to or
arising out of this Indenture, the Collateral Agency Agreement or any other Transaction Document to
which the Trustee is a party or the transactions contemplated hereby or any action taken or omitted
by the Trustee under or in connection with any of the foregoing except for those liabilities,
obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or
disbursements resulting solely from the gross negligence,
reckless disregard of its duties, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Trustee and except
that if the Trustee is appointed Successor Servicer pursuant to Section 12.2, the provisions of
this Section 13.5 shall not apply to expenses, disbursements and advances made or incurred by the
Trustee in its capacity as Successor Servicer. The agreements in this Section 13.5 shall survive
the termination of this Indenture, the resignation or removal of the Trustee and all amounts
payable on account of the Notes.



     Anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall the Trustee be
liable for special, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but
not limited to lost profits), even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss
or damage and regardless of the form of action.



     Section 13.6 Eligibility Requirements for Trustee. The Trustee hereunder (if other
than U.S. Bank National Association) shall at all times be an Eligible Institution and a
corporation or banking association organized and doing business under the laws of the United States
of America or any state thereof authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, and
such Trustee (including U.S. Bank National Association) shall have a combined capital and surplus
of at least $25,000,000 (or, in the case of a successor to the initial Trustee, $100,000,000) and
subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority. If such corporation or
banking association publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the
requirements of federal or state supervising or examining authority, then for the purpose of this
Section 13.6, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation or banking association shall be
deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition
so published. In case at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the
provisions of this Section 13.6, the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the
effect specified in Section 13.7.



     Section 13.7 Resignation or Removal of Trustee.



     (a) The Trustee may at any time resign and be discharged from the trust hereby created by
giving 60 days prior written notice thereof to the Issuer, the Swap Counterparty, the Servicer, the
Noteholders, the Insurer and each Rating Agency. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the
Issuer shall promptly arrange to appoint a successor trustee meeting the requirements of Section
13.6 and the Servicer shall notify the Trustee, the Insurer, the Swap



114









 







Counterparty and each Rating Agency of such appointment by written instrument, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered
to the resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor Trustee. If no successor Trustee shall have
been so appointed and have accepted within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation,
a successor Trustee shall be appointed by (A) the Insurer, if no Insurer Default has occurred and
is continuing or (B) during the continuation of an Insurer Default, the Majority Holders of the
Class A Notes and the Majority Holders of the Class B Notes (with notice to the Swap Counterparty).
The successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment,
become the Trustee. If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed and shall have accepted
appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, any Noteholder, on behalf of itself and all others
similarly situated, or the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for
the appointment of a successor Trustee.



     (b) If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of
Section 13.6 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Issuer or the Servicer,
or if at any time the Trustee shall be legally unable to act, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or
insolvent, or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public
officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose
of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, then the Issuer (with the consent of the Insurer,
which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) may remove the Trustee and promptly appoint a
successor Trustee by written instrument, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the
Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor Trustee.



     (c) At any time (A) the Insurer, if no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing and
subject to the last sentence of this subsection (c) to the extent applicable or (B) during the
continuation of an Insurer Default, the Majority Holders of the Class A Notes and the Majority
Holders of the Class B Notes, to the extent permitted by law, may remove the Trustee and promptly
appoint a successor Trustee by written instrument, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered
to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor Trustee. If under this subsection (c) the
Insurer is permitted to remove the Trustee and appoint a successor, and such removal and
appointment would materially adversely effect the Holders of the Class B Notes, then such removal
and appointment shall be subject to the consent of the Majority Holders of the Class B Notes which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.



     (d) Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant
to any of the provisions of this Section 13.7 shall not become effective until acceptance of
appointment by the successor Trustee as provided in Section 13.8.



     Section 13.8 Successor Trustee.



     (a) Any successor Trustee, appointed as provided in Section 13.7, shall execute, acknowledge
and deliver to the Issuer, the Servicer and to its predecessor Trustee an instrument accepting such
appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor Trustee shall
become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall
become fully vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor
hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as Trustee herein. The predecessor Trustee
shall deliver to the successor Trustee all money, documents and other



115









 







property held by it hereunder; and Issuer and the predecessor Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments and do
such other things as may reasonably be required for fully and certainly vesting and confirming in
the successor Trustee all such rights, power, duties and obligations.



     (b) No successor Trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section 13.8 unless at
the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be eligible under the provisions of
Section 13.6.



     (c) Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee as provided in this Section 13.8,
such successor Trustee shall mail notice of such succession hereunder to the Trustee, the Issuer,
the Insurer, the Swap Counterparty, the Servicer and all Noteholders at their addresses as shown in
the Note Register.



     Section 13.9 Merger or Consolidation of Trustee. Any Person into which the Trustee
may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any
merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding
to the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder,
provided, such corporation shall be eligible under the provisions of Section 13.6, without
the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto,
anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding.



     Section 13.10 Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee.



     (a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, at any time, for the purpose of
meeting any legal requirements of any jurisdiction in which any part of the Collateral may at the
time be located, the Trustee shall have the power and may execute and deliver all instruments to
appoint one or more Persons to act as a co-trustee or co-trustees, or separate trustee or separate
trustees, of all or any part of the Collateral and to vest in such Person or Persons, in such
capacity and for the benefit of the Noteholders, the Insurer and the Swap Counterparty, such title
to the Collateral, or any part thereof, and subject to the other provisions of this Section 13.10,
such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the Trustee may consider necessary or
desirable. No co-trustee or separate trustee hereunder shall be required to meet the terms of
eligibility as a successor trustee under Section 13.6 and no notice to the Noteholders of the
appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required under Section 13.8.



     (b) Every separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by law, be appointed
and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:




     (i) all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Trustee
shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the Trustee and such
separate trustee or co-trustee jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or
co-trustee is not authorized to act separately without the Trustee joining in such act),
except to the extent that under any laws of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or
acts are to be performed, the Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such
act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations (including the
holding of title to the Collateral, or any portion thereof in any such



116









 







jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the
direction of the Trustee;




     (ii) no trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission
of any other trustee hereunder; and




     (iii) the Trustee may at any time accept the resignation of or remove any separate
trustee or co-trustee.



     (c) Any notice, request or other writing given to the Trustee shall be deemed to have been
given to each of the then separate trustees and co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of
them. Every instrument appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Indenture
and the conditions of this Article XIII. Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its
acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in
its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Trustee or separately, as may be provided
therein, subject to all the provisions of this Indenture, specifically including every provision of
this Indenture relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to,
the Trustee. Every such instrument shall be filed with the Trustee and a copy thereof given to the
Servicer.



     (d) Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time constitute the Trustee as its agent or
attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the extent not prohibited by law, to do any
lawful act under or in respect to this Indenture on its behalf and in its name. If any separate
trustee or co-trustee shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its
estates, properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the Trustee, to
the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or a successor trustee.



     Section 13.11 Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes. All rights of
action and claims under this Indenture or the Notes may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee
without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating
thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as
trustee. Any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for
the benefit of the Noteholders, the Insurer and the Swap Counterparty as their interests appear in
this Agreement.



     Section 13.12 Suits for Enforcement. If an Event of Default or a Servicer Default
shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee, in its discretion may or at the direction of the
Control Party shall subject to the provisions of Article XI and Section 12.1, proceed to protect
and enforce its rights and the rights of the Noteholders and the Insurer under this Indenture by a
suit, action or proceeding in equity or at law or otherwise, whether for the specific performance
of any covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture or in aid of the execution of any power
granted in this Indenture or for the enforcement of any other legal, equitable or other remedy as
the Trustee, being advised by counsel, shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any of the
rights of the Trustee, the Noteholders or the Insurer.



117









 





     Section 13.13 Rights of the Insurer or the Noteholders to Direct the Trustee. The (A)
Insurer, if no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing or (B) during the continuation of an
Insurer Default, the Majority Holders of the Class A Notes and the Majority Holders of the Class B
Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method, and place of conducting any proceeding for
any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee;
provided, however, that, subject to Section 13.1, the Trustee shall have the right
to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee being advised by counsel determines that the
action so directed may not lawfully be taken, or if the Trustee in good faith shall, by a
Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers of the Trustee, determine that the proceedings so
directed would be illegal or involve it in personal liability or be unduly prejudicial to the
rights of Noteholders not parties to such direction, or if the Trustee has not been offered
reasonable security or indemnity (it being agreed that an unsecured indemnity from the Insurer
shall constitute sufficient indemnity), as contemplated by Section 13.2, by (A) the Insurer, if no
Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing or (B) during the continuation of an Insurer
Default, the Majority Holders of the Class A Notes and the Majority Holders of the Class B
Notes; and provided further, that nothing in this Indenture shall impair the right
of the Trustee to take any action deemed proper by the Trustee and which is not inconsistent with
such direction by the Noteholders.



     Section 13.14 Representations and Warranties of the Trustee. The Trustee represents
and warrants that:



     (a) the Trustee is a national banking association with trust powers organized, validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the United States;



     (b) the Trustee has full power, authority and right to execute, deliver and perform this
Indenture and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance
by it of this Indenture; and



     (c) this Indenture has been duly executed and delivered by the Trustee and constitutes the
legal, valid and binding agreement of the Trustee enforceable against the Trustee in accordance
with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws and except as
such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at
law or in equity).



     Section 13.15 Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Trustee will maintain at its
expense in New York, New York, an office or offices or agency or agencies where notices and demands
to or upon the Trustee in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Trustee will
give prompt written notice to the Issuer, the Insurer, the Swap Counterparty, the Servicer and the
Noteholders of any change in the location of any such office or agency.



     Section 13.16 No Assessment. U.S. Bank National Association’s agreement to act as
Trustee hereunder shall not constitute or be construed as U.S. Bank National Association’s
assessment of the Issuer’s or any Obligor’s creditworthiness or a credit analysis of any Loans.



     Section 13.17 UCC Filings and Title Certificates. (a) The Trustee and the Noteholders
expressly recognize and agree that the Collateral Agent may be listed as the secured party of



118









 







record on the various Financing Statements required to be filed under this Indenture in order to
perfect the security interest in the Collateral, and such listing will not affect in any way the
respective status of the other secured parties under the Collateral Agency Agreement as the holders
of their respective interests in other collateral. In addition, such listing shall impose no
duties on the Collateral Agent other than those expressly and specifically undertaken in accordance
with this Indenture and the Collateral Agency Agreement.



     (b) The Trustee shall file such financing statements covering the Collateral as the Control
Party shall request in writing.



     (c) The Trustee hereby agrees that it will promptly after its receipt forward to the Insurer a
copy of each notice and report which it receives under or with respect to this Indenture or other
Transaction Documents (unless it is clear from the face of such notice or report that the Insurer
has already received a copy of the same).



     Section 13.18 Replacement of the Custodian. Each of the Issuer and the Servicer agree
not to replace the Custodian then acting as custodian of the Pledged Loans and related assets
unless the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied with respect to such replacement and, so long
as no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing the Insurer has given its prior written
consent to such action (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).



ARTICLE XIV




TERMINATION




     Section 14.1 Termination of Agreement. The respective obligations and
responsibilities of the Issuer, the Servicer and the Trustee created hereby (other than the
obligation of the Trustee to make payments to Noteholders and the Insurer as hereafter set forth
and Section 15.16) shall terminate (the “Termination Date”) on the day after the Payment
Date following the date on which funds shall have been deposited in the Collection Account
sufficient to pay the Aggregate Principal Amount of all Notes plus all interest accrued on the
Notes through the day preceding such Payment Date and all amounts owed to the Insurer pursuant to
this Agreement and the Insurance Agreement; provided that, all amounts required to be paid
on such Payment Date pursuant to this Indenture shall have been paid.



     Section 14.2 Final Payment.



     (a) Written notice of any termination shall be given (subject to at least two Business Days’
prior notice from the Servicer to the Trustee) by the Trustee to the Noteholders, the Insurer, the
Swap Counterparty and each Rating Agency then rating any Notes mailed not later than the fifth day
of the month of such final payment specifying (a) the Payment Date and (b) the amount of any such
final payment. The Trustee shall give such notice to the Note Registrar at the time such notice is
given to the Noteholders.



     (b) On or after the final Payment Date, upon written request of the Trustee, the Noteholders
shall surrender their Notes to the office specified in such request. If presentation or surrender
of a Definitive Note is not made within six years of notice of final distribution, no claim may be
made in respect of such Definitive Note.



119









 





     (c) The Trustee shall surrender the Insurance Policy to the Insurer on the date which is one
year and one day following the earlier of (i) the Rated Final Maturity Date and (ii) the date on
which the Class A Notes have been paid in full; provided, that if an Insolvency Proceeding by or
against the Issuer is existing during such one year and one day period, then the Insurance Policy
shall not be surrendered until the later of (x) the date of the conclusion or dismissal of such
Insolvency Proceeding without continuing jurisdiction by the court in such Insolvency Proceeding,
and (y) if any Noteholder is required to return any Preference Amount as a result of such
Insolvency Proceeding, the date on which the Insurer has made all payments required to be made
under the terms of the Insurance Policy in respect of all such Preference Amounts. The Trustee
shall also be permitted to surrender the Insurance Policy as provided in Section 11.6(c).



     Section 14.3 [Reserved].



     Section 14.4 Release of Collateral. Upon the termination of this Indenture pursuant
to Section 14.1, the Trustee shall release all liens and assign to the Issuer (without recourse,
representation or warranty) all right, title and interest of the Trustee in and to the Collateral
and all proceeds thereof. The Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments of assignment, in
each case without recourse, representation or warranty, as shall be reasonably requested by the
Issuer to release the security interest of the Trustee in the Collateral.



     Section 14.5 Release of Defaulted Loans.



     (a) Issuer May Obtain Release. If any Pledged Loan becomes a Defaulted Loan during
any Due Period, the Issuer may, subject to the limitation set forth in Section 14.5(d), obtain a
release of such Pledged Loan from the lien of this Indenture on any Payment Date thereafter. To
obtain such release the Issuer shall be required either to (i) pay the Release Price of such
Defaulted Loan to the Trustee for deposit into the Collection Account or (ii) deliver to the
Trustee one or more Qualified Substitute Loans in substitution for such Defaulted Loan and pay the
applicable Substitution Adjustment Amount to the Trustee for deposit into the Collection Account.
The Issuer shall provide written notice to the Trustee, the Insurer and the Collateral Agent of any
release pursuant to this Section 14.5 not less than two Business Days prior to the Payment Date on
which such release is to be effected, specifying the Defaulted Loan and the Release Price therefor.
The Issuer shall (i) pay the Release Price to the Trustee for deposit into the Collection Account
not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the Payment Date on which such release is made or
(ii) deliver the Qualified Substitute Loan or Qualified Substitute Loans by 12:00 noon, New York
City time, on the Payment Date on which such release is made and pay any Substitution Adjustment
Amount to the Trustee for deposit into the Collection Account not later than 12:00 noon, New York
City time, on such Release Date.



     (b) Substitution. If a Seller delivers to the Issuer a Qualified Substitute Loan or
Qualified Substitute Loans in lieu of payment for the repurchase of a Defaulted Loan, the Issuer
shall execute a Supplemental Grant in substantially the form of Exhibit G hereto and deliver such
Supplemental Grant to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent. Payments due with respect to Qualified
Substitute Loans on or prior to the Calculation Date next preceding the date of substitution shall
not be property of the Issuer, but, to the extent received by the Servicer, will be retained by the
Servicer and remitted by the Servicer to the Seller on the next succeeding Payment Date. Payments
due with respect to the Qualified Substitute Loans after the Calculation



120









 







Date next preceding the
date of substitution shall be property of the Issuer. The Issuer shall cause the Servicer to
electronically deliver a schedule of any Defaulted Loans so removed and Qualified Substitute Loans
so substituted to the Trustee and such schedule shall be an amendment to the Loan Schedule. Upon
such substitution, the Qualified Substitute Loan or Qualified Substitute Loans shall be subject to
the terms of this Indenture in all respects, the Issuer shall be deemed to have made the
representations, and warranties with respect to each Qualified Substitute Loan set forth in Section
5.1 and 5.2 of this Indenture, in each case as of the date of substitution, and the Issuer shall be
deemed to have made a representation and warranty that each Loan so substituted is a Qualified
Substitute Loan as of the date of substitution. The provisions of Section 5.4(a) shall apply to
any Qualified Substitute Loan as to which the Issuer has breached the Issuer’s representations and
warranties in Section 5.1 and 5.2 to the same extent as for any other Pledged Loan. In connection
with the substitution of one or more Qualified Substitute Loans for one or more Defaulted Loans,
the Servicer shall determine the Substitution
Adjustment Amount. Such Substitution Adjustment Amount shall be paid to the Trustee and
treated as if it were a portion of the Release Price for the Defaulted Loan and included in
Available Funds as such.



     (c) Release of Defaulted Loans. Upon each release of a Pledged Loan under this
Section 14.5, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee shall automatically and without further action
release, sell, transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to the Issuer, without recourse,
representation or warranty, all of the Collateral Agent’s and Trustee’s right, title and interest
in and to such Defaulted Loan and the Transferred Assets related to such Defaulted Loan free and
clear of the Lien of this Indenture. The Collateral Agent and the Trustee shall execute such
documents, releases and instruments of transfer or assignment and take such other actions as shall
reasonably be requested by the Issuer to effect the release of such Defaulted Loans and the related
Transferred Assets pursuant to this Section 14.5. Promptly after the occurrence of a Release Date
and after the payment for or substitution for and release of a Defaulted Loan, in respect to which
the Release Price has been paid or Qualified Substitute Loans have been provided, the Issuer shall
direct the Servicer to delete such Defaulted Loans from the Loan Schedule.



     (d) Limitations on Purchase of Defaulted Loans. The amount of Defaulted Loans for
which the Issuer is permitted to obtain a release and transfer to a Seller is limited as provided
in the WVRI Master Loan Purchase Agreement and the WRDC Master Loan Purchase Agreement and as
follows:




     (i) The Loan Balance of Pledged Loans that are WVRI Loans, that become Defaulted Loans
and that are released and transferred to any Seller, shall not exceed in the aggregate 16.0%
of the Loan Balance of the Pledged Loans as of the Cut-Off Date that were WVRI Loans; for
such purposes, the Loan Balance of a Pledged Loan shall be calculated on the day prior to
the day the Pledged Loan became a Defaulted Loan; and




     (ii) The Loan Balance of Pledged Loans that are WRDC Loans, that become Defaulted Loans
and that are released and transferred to any Seller, shall not exceed in the aggregate 16.0%
of the Loan Balance of the Pledged Loans as of the Cut-Off Date that were WRDC Loans; for
such purposes, the Loan Balance of a Pledged Loan shall be calculated on the day prior to
the day the Pledged Loan became a Defaulted Loan.



121









 





     Section 14.6 Release Upon Payment in Full. At such time as the Notes have been paid
in full, all fees and expenses of the Trustee and the Collateral Agent with respect to the Notes
have been paid in full, all obligations relating to this Indenture have been paid in full and all
amounts owed to the Insurer pursuant to the Insurance Agreement have been paid in full, then, the
Collateral Agent shall, upon the written request of the Issuer, release all liens and assign to
Issuer (without recourse, representation or warranty) all right, title and interest of the
Collateral Agent in and to the Collateral, and all proceeds thereof. The Collateral Agent and the
Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments of assignment, in each case without recourse,
representation or warranty, as shall be reasonably requested by the Issuer to release the security
interest of the Collateral Agent in the Collateral.



ARTICLE XV




MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS




     Section 15.1 Amendment.



     (a) Supplemental Indentures and Amendments Without Consent of the Noteholders. The
Issuer, the Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Servicer, at any time and from time to time, with
the consent of the Insurer and without the consent of any of the Noteholders, may enter into one or
more amendments or indentures supplemental to this Indenture in form satisfactory to the Trustee
for any of the following purposes:




     (i) to add to the covenants of the Issuer for the benefit of the Noteholders, the
Insurer and the Swap Counterparty or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the
Issuer;




     (ii) to Grant any additional property to the Trustee or the Collateral Agent or to be
held by the Custodian, in each case, for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the
Notes and the Insurer and the Swap Counterparty;




     (iii) to correct or amplify the description of any property at any time subject to the
Lien of this Indenture, or to better assure, convey and confirm unto the Trustee or the
Collateral Agent or deliver to the Custodian, in each case for the benefit of the Trustee
and the Noteholders and the Insurer and the Swap Counterparty,
any property subject to the Lien of this Indenture;




     (iv) to cure any ambiguity, or correct, modify or supplement any provision which is
defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein; provided that, such
correction, modification or supplement shall not alter in any material respect, the amount
or timing of payments to or other rights of the Noteholders;




     (v) to modify transfer restrictions on the Notes, so long as any such modifications
comply with the Securities Act and the Investment Company Act; or




     (vi) make any other changes which do not, individually or in the aggregate, materially
and adversely affect the rights of any Noteholders or the Swap Counterparty.



122









 




provided that, (x) in each case, the Issuer shall have satisfied the Rating Agency
Condition with respect to such corrections, amendments, modifications or clarifications and (y),
with respect to any changes described in subsection (vi), the Issuer shall have delivered to the
Trustee and the Insurer an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer and an Officer’s Certificate of the
Servicer both to the effect that such change will not materially and adversely affect the rights of
any Noteholders and the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee and the Insurer either the
consent of the Swap Counterparty to such amendment or supplement or an Officer’s Certificate of the
Issuer and an Officer’s Certificate of the Servicer both to the effect that such change will not
materially and adversely affect the rights of the Swap Counterparty.




     Subject to Section 15.1(c), the Trustee is hereby authorized to join in the execution of any
such amendment or supplemental indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and
stipulations that may be therein contained. So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, at the
cost of the Issuer, the Trustee shall provide to the Insurer and each Rating Agency then rating any
Notes a copy of any proposed amendment or supplemental indenture prior to the execution thereof by
the Trustee and, as soon as practicable after the execution by the Issuer, the Servicer, the
Trustee and the Collateral Agent of any such amendment or supplemental indenture, provide to the
Insurer and each Rating Agency a copy of the executed amendment or supplemental indenture, as the
case may be.



     (b) Amendments and Supplemental Indentures With Consent of the Noteholders. With the
consent of (A) the Insurer, if no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing or (B) during the
continuation of an Insurer Default the Majority Holders of the Class A Notes and the Majority
Holders of the Class B Notes and upon satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition, the Issuer, the
Servicer and the Trustee may enter into an amendment or indentures supplemental hereto for the
purpose of adding any provisions to, or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions
of, this Indenture, or modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes under this
Indenture; provided that, so long as the Interest Rate Swap is in effect, no such amendment
or supplemental indenture shall be entered into without the prior written consent of the Swap
Counterparty if such amendment or supplement would materially and adversely affect any of the Swap
Counterparty’s rights or obligations under the Interest Rate Swap or would materially modify the
obligations of, or materially impair the ability of, the Issuer to fully perform any of the
Issuer’s payment obligations under the Interest Rate Swap.



     No such amendment or supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Insurer, each
affected Noteholder and the Swap Counterparty, to the extent such amendment or supplemental
indenture would materially and adversely affect any of the Swap Counterparty’s rights or
obligations under the Interest Rate Swap or would materially modify the obligations of, or
materially impair the ability of, the Issuer to fully perform any of the Issuer’s payment
obligations under the Interest Rate Swap for so long as the Interest Rate Swap has not been
terminated:




     (i) reduce in any manner the amount of, or change the timing of, principal, interest
and other payments required to be made on any Note;




     (ii) change the application of the proceeds of any Collateral to the payment of Notes;



123









 






     (iii) reduce the percentage of Noteholders required to take or approve any action under
this Indenture; or




     (iv) permit the creation of any lien ranking prior to or on a parity with the lien of
this Indenture with respect to any part of the Collateral or terminate the lien of this
Indenture on any property at any time subject thereto or deprive the Noteholders of the
security afforded by the lien of this Indenture.



     It shall not be necessary in connection with any consent of the Noteholders under this Section
15.1(b) for the Noteholders to approve the specific form of any proposed amendment or supplemental
indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof. The
Trustee will not be permitted to enter into any such supplemental indenture unless the Rating
Agency Condition is met and the Insurer has consented to such supplement.



     Promptly after the execution by the Issuer, the Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Servicer
of any amendment or supplemental indenture pursuant to this Section 15.1(b), the Trustee, at the
expense of the Issuer shall mail to the Noteholders, the Insurer, the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (if
and for so long as any Class of Notes is admitted on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock
Exchange and to trading on the Euro MTF market) and each Rating Agency rating any of the Notes, a
copy thereof.



     (c) Execution of Amendments and Supplemental Indentures. In executing or accepting
the additional trusts created by any amendment or supplemental indenture permitted by this Section
15.1 or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be
entitled to receive, and (subject to Sections 13.1 and 13.2) shall be fully protected in relying in
good faith upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment or supplemental
indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that all conditions precedent applicable
thereto under this Indenture have been satisfied. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to,
enter into any such amendment or supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights,
duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.



     (d) Effect of Amendments and Supplemental Indentures. Upon the execution of any
amendment or supplemental indenture under this Section 15.1, this Indenture shall be modified in
accordance therewith, and such amendment or supplemental indenture shall form a part of this
Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of a Note theretofore and thereafter authenticated and
delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.



     (e) Reference in Notes to Amendments and Supplemental Indentures. Notes executed,
authenticated and delivered after the execution of any amendment or supplemental indenture pursuant
to this Section 15.1 may, and if required by the Trustee shall, bear a notation in form approved by
the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such amendment or supplemental indenture. If the
Issuer shall so determine, new Notes, so modified as to conform in the opinion of the Trustee and
the Issuer to any such amendment or supplemental indenture, may be prepared and executed by the
Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or the Authentication Agent in exchange for
outstanding Notes.



124









 





     (f) In determining whether the requisite percentage of Noteholders have concurred in any
direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer shall be
considered as though they are not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether
the Trustee shall be protected in making such determination or relying on any such direction,
waiver or consent, only Notes which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows pursuant to written
notice (or in the case of the Issuer, by reference to the Note Register if the Trustee is also the
Note Registrar) are so owned shall be so disregarded.



     (g) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 15.1, the Performance Guaranty may be
amended in accordance with its terms.



     Section 15.2 Discretion with Respect to Derivative Financial Instruments. The parties
to this Indenture recognize and agree that, in the course of managing its assets and obligations,
the Issuer may, from time to time, find it useful and prudent to enter into, or to terminate or
modify, derivative financial instruments for the purpose of hedging its interest rate risk, and the
parties hereby agree that, (a) in addition to the Interest Rate Swap, the Issuer may, from time to
time, enter into derivative financial instruments for the purpose of hedging the Issuer’s interest
rate risk and (b) the Issuer may, in its discretion, terminate, or modify, any such derivative
financial instrument; provided that the Issuer shall not terminate or modify the Interest
Rate Swap except as provided in this Indenture and solely in accordance with the appropriate
mechanism(s) as set forth in the Interest Rate Swap, and, with respect to any derivative financial
instruments, other than the Interest Rate Swap, the Issuer shall not enter into any such
instruments unless the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied with respect to and the Insurer
has consented to such derivative financial instrument; provided further,
however, that, so long as the Interest Rate Swap is in effect, (x) no instrument shall be
entered into pursuant to clause (a) above and (y) no termination (or modification) shall be
effected pursuant to clause (b) above, without the prior written consent of the Swap Counterparty
if the effect of such instrument, termination (or modification) would be to adversely affect the
Swap Counterparty’s ability or right to receive payment under the terms of the Interest Rate Swap,
or if the instrument, termination (or modification) would modify the obligations of or impair the
ability of the Issuer to fully perform any of its payment obligations under the Interest Rate Swap;
and provided further, however, that any termination, modification or
replacement with respect to the Interest Rate Swap effected otherwise in accordance with this
Indenture and the appropriate mechanism(s) as set forth in the Interest Rate Swap shall not be
subject to the provisions of this Section 15.2.



     Section 15.3 Limitation on Rights of the Noteholders.



     (a) The death or incapacity of any Noteholder shall not operate to terminate this Indenture,
nor shall such death or incapacity entitle such Noteholder’s legal representatives or heirs to
claim an accounting or to take any action or commence any proceeding in any court for a partition
or winding up of the Collateral, nor otherwise affect the rights, obligations and liabilities of
the parties hereto or any of them.



     (b) Nothing herein set forth, or contained in the terms of the Notes, shall be construed so as
to constitute the Noteholders from time to time as partners or members of an association;



125









 







nor shall any Noteholder be under any liability to any third person by reason of any action taken by the
parties to this Indenture pursuant to any provision hereof.



     Section 15.4 Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, INCLUDING § 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL
OBLIGATIONS LAW, BUT OTHERWISE WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.



     Section 15.5 Waiver of Jury Trial. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH
PARTY HERETO AND THEIR ASSIGNEES WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY
DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE BETWEEN THE PARTIES HERETO ARISING OUT
OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN ANY OF THEM IN CONNECTION
WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. INSTEAD, ANY SUCH DISPUTE RESOLVED IN
COURT WILL BE RESOLVED IN A BENCH TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY.



     Section 15.6 Notices. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing
and shall be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered to, or transmitted by overnight
courier, or transmitted by telex or telecopy and confirmed by a mailed writing:


If to the Issuer:



SIERRA TIMESHARE 2007-1 RECEIVABLES FUNDING, LLC

10750 West Charleston Boulevard

Suite 130, Mail Stop 2069

Las Vegas, Nevada 89135

Attention: President

(or such other address as may hereafter be furnished to the Trustee, the Servicer

and the Collateral Agent in writing by the Issuer).



If to the Servicer:



WYNDHAM CONSUMER FINANCE, INC.

10750 West Charleston Boulevard

Suite 130

Las Vegas, Nevada 89135

Fax: 702-227-3114

Attention: President, Treasurer and Controller



(or
such other address as may hereafter be furnished to the Trustee, the Issuer and the Collateral Agent in writing by the Servicer).




126









 







If to the Trustee:



U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


100 Wall Street, 16th Floor

New York, New York 10005

Fax: 212-809-5459

Attention: Structured Finance — Sierra 2007-1



(or such other address as may be furnished to the Servicer, the Issuer and the Collateral Agent in writing by the Trustee).



If to the Collateral Agent:



U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

269 Technology Way

Building B, Unit 3

Rocklin, CA 95765

Fax: 916-626-3152

Attention: Structured Finance Trust Services

                    Re: Sierra Timeshare 2007-1 Receivables Funding, LLC



(or such other address as may be furnished in writing to the Trustee, the Issuer and the Servicer by the Collateral Agent).



If to each Rating Agency:



Fitch, Inc.

Attn: Asset-Backed Securities — Timeshare

55 East Monroe

Suite 3500

Chicago, IL 60610

Fax: 312-368-2069



(or such other address as may be furnished in writing to the Trustee, the Issuer and the Servicer).



Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

99 Church Street

New York, New York 10007

Fax: 212-553-4392



(or such other address as may be furnished in writing to the Trustee, the Issuer and the Servicer).




127









 







Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group

55 Water Street

New York, New York 10041

Fax: 212-438-2655



(or such other address as may be furnished in writing to the Trustee, the Issuer and the Servicer).



If to the Swap Counterparty:



Barclays Bank PLC

5 The North Colonnade

Canary Wharf, London E14 4BB

Attention: Swaps Documentation

Facsimile No.: (+44) 207 773 6857/6858



(or such other address as may be furnished in writing to the Trustee, the Issuer and the Servicer),



with a copy to:

Barclays Bank PLC

5 The North Colonnade

Canary Wharf, London E14 4BB

Attention: Derivative Director, Legal Division (marked urgent)

Facsimile No.: (+44) 207 773 4932



If to the Insurer:



Financial Guaranty Insurance Company (FGIC)

125 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Fax (212) 312-3350



     (in each case in
which notice or other communication to the Insurer refers to a Servicer Default, an Unmatured Servicer Default, an Event of Default or an Unmatured Event of Default, a claim on the Policy or with respect to which failure on the part of the Insurer to respond shall be deemed to constitute consent or acceptance, then a copy of such notice or other communication should also be sent to the attention of “general counsel” of the Insurer at the same address and shall be marked to indicate “URGENT MATERIAL ENCLOSED.”)




     All communications and notices pursuant hereto to a Noteholder will be given by
first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the registered holders of such Notes at their respective
address as shown in the Note Register. Any notice so given within the time prescribed in this
Indenture shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Noteholder
receives such notice.



128









 





     Section 15.7 Severability of Provisions. If any one or more of the covenants,
agreements, provisions or terms of this Indenture shall for any reason whatsoever be held invalid,
then such covenants, agreements, provisions or terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining
covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Indenture and shall in no way affect the
validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this Indenture or of the Notes or rights of
the Noteholders thereof.



     Section 15.8 Assignment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein,
except as provided in Section 12.2, this Indenture may not be assigned by the Issuer or the
Servicer without the prior consent of the Majority Holders, the Insurer and the Swap Counterparty.



     Section 15.9 Notes Non-assessable and Fully Paid. It is the intention of the Issuer
that the Noteholders shall not be personally liable for obligations of the Issuer and that the
indebtedness represented by the Notes shall be non-assessable for any losses or expenses of
the Issuer or for any reason whatsoever.



     Section 15.10 Further Assurances. Each of the Issuer, the Servicer and the Collateral
Agent agree to do and perform, from time to time, any and all acts and to execute any and all
further instruments required or reasonably requested by the Trustee more fully to effect the
purposes of this Indenture, including without limitation the authorization of any financing
statements, amendments thereto, or continuation statements relating to the Pledged Loans for filing
under the provisions of the UCC of any applicable jurisdiction.



     Section 15.11 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and no delay in
exercising, on the part of the Trustee or the Noteholders, any right, remedy, power or privilege
hereunder, shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any
right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the
exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. No waiver of any provision hereof shall
be effective unless made in writing. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges therein provided
are cumulative and not exhaustive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.



     Section 15.12 Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed in two or more
counterparts (and by different parties on separate counterparts), each of which shall be an
original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.



     Section 15.13 Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Indenture will inure to the benefit of
and be binding upon the parties hereto, the Swap Counterparty, the Insurer, the Noteholders and
their respective successors and permitted assigns. Except as otherwise provided in this Article
XV, no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder.



     Section 15.14 Actions by the Noteholders.



     (a) Wherever in this Indenture a provision is made that an action may be taken or a notice,
demand or instruction given by the Noteholders, such action, notice or instruction may be taken or
given by any Noteholder, unless such provision requires a specific percentage of the Noteholders.
If, at any time, the request, demand, authorization, direction, consent, waiver or



129









 







other act of a
specific percentage of the Noteholders is required pursuant to this Indenture, written notification
of the substance thereof shall be furnished to all Noteholders.



     (b) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, consent, waiver or other act by a
Noteholder binds such Noteholder and every subsequent holder of such Note issued upon the
registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything
done or omitted to be done by the Trustee, the Issuer or the Servicer in reliance thereon, whether
or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.



     Section 15.15 Merger and Integration. Except as set forth in the Trustee Fee Letter,
and except as specifically stated otherwise herein, this Indenture and the other Transaction
Documents set forth the entire understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof,
and, except as set forth in such Trustee Fee Letter, all prior understandings, written or oral, are
superseded by this Indenture and the other Transaction Documents. This Indenture may not be
modified, amended, waived or supplemented except as provided herein.



     Section 15.16 No Bankruptcy Petition. The Trustee, the Insurer, the Servicer, the
Collateral Agent, each Noteholder, by accepting a Note, and each beneficial owner of a Note or any
interest therein, hereby covenant and agree that they will not at any time institute against the
Issuer, the Depositor, or Sierra 2002, or join in instituting against the Issuer, the Depositor, or
Sierra 2002, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or
other proceedings under any Debtor Relief Law until one year and one day after such time as all of
the Issuer, the Depositor, and Sierra 2002 have paid in full all indebtedness owed by such Person.
The provisions of this Section 15.16 will survive any termination of this Agreement.



     Section 15.17 Headings. The headings herein are for purposes of reference only and
shall not otherwise affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision hereof.



130









 





     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer, the Servicer, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent have caused
this Indenture to be duly executed by their respective officers as of the day and year first above
written.



	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	SIERRA TIMESHARE 2007-1 RECEIVABLES FUNDING, LLC,
	 	 	as Issuer
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:
	 	/s/ Mark A. Johnson	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

Name: Mark A. Johnson
	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Title: President	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	WYNDHAM CONSUMER FINANCE, INC.,
	 	 	as Servicer
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:
	 	/s/ Mark A. Johnson	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

Name: Mark A. Johnson
	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Title: President	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
	 	 	as Trustee
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:
	 	/s/ Patricia O’Neill	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

Name: Patricia O’Neill
	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Title: Vice President	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
	 	 	as Collateral Agent
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	/s/ Cheryl Whitehead	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

Name: Cheryl Whitehead
	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Title: Vice President	 	 






[Signature page for Indenture and Servicing Agreement]